| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080220799 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND HANDSHAKE METHOD THEREOF - A communication system and a handshake method thereof are provided. The communication system has a service path and comprises a BS, at least one MS, and an MS. One of the at least one RS is located within a coverage of the BS. The MS is located within a coverage of one of the at least one RS. The BS, the at least one RS, and the MS are configured to build the service path via handshaking according to a plurality of control signals, each of the control signals has an authentication code adopted to be authenticated completeness of the control signal, and each of the control signals is generated by one of the BS, the at least one RS, and the MS. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080242330 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTING TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A method and System for communicating between a mobile device, and first and second transceivers are described. The second transceiver is positioned in an area covered by the first transceiver. The first transceiver and the mobile device can exchange data on at least one of a plurality of channels. The mobile device transmits a first signal to the first transceiver on the at least one of a plurality of channels. The second transceiver transmits a second signal to the mobile device on a channel outside of the plurality of channels. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080248822 | Link adaptation in mobile telecommunication system - A method for managing transmission conditions in a mobile telecommunication system according to movement of a mobile terminal is provided. The mobile terminal is having a communication link with a base station. The movement of the mobile terminal is monitored, and then a database is checked for the most optimal transmission conditions for the monitored movement of the mobile terminal, and action is taken to change the transmission conditions of the communication link upon detecting, in the database, transmission conditions providing a more optimal communication link for the current movement of the mobile terminal than the transmission conditions currently being used for the communication link. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080248823 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO CONTROL STATION - A wireless communication control method includes the steps of transmitting data from a mobile station to a base station using a first resource assigned based on a first scheduling method, transmitting data from the mobile station to the base station using a second resource which is assigned based on a second scheduling method and is not used in the step of transmitting using the first resource, and instructing the base station to regulate use of the first resource in accordance with a second resource amount assigned as the second resource by a radio control station which controls use of resources in wireless communication for the base station, and a second resource usage as a ratio of a resource used in the step of transmitting using the second resource to the second resource amount. A wireless communication system and a radio control station are also disclosed. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080248824 | Scheduling Method, Base Station and Terminal - A radio communications system includes a base station that measures reception quality based on a pilot signal received from terminals in its service area and allocates radio resources to the terminals based on the reception quality. The base station generates scheduling information that specifies time for transmission of a pilot signal and a frequency band at which the pilot signal is to be transmitted such that transmissions from the terminals in the service area will not overlap. Each terminal performs transmission based on the scheduling information received from the base station. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080268888 | TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVING CONTROL CHANNEL ACQUISITION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique of operating a wireless communication system includes determining respective geometries of multiple subscriber stations, which include a first subscriber station and a second subscriber station, with respect to a serving base station. Respective control channels, which include a first control channel associated with the first subscriber station and a second control channel associated with the second subscriber station, for the multiple subscriber stations are then scheduled based on the respective geometries. The first control channel is scheduled to be encountered earlier in a control channel search procedure, of the one or more control channel symbols, than the second control channel. The first subscriber station has a lower geometry than the second subscriber station. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080300002 | Wireless transmission in noisy RF environment - A method of wireless transmission by a base unit, including repeating for a plurality of transmission cycles the acts of scanning a plurality of frequencies to determine frequencies having low noise levels, by the base unit, selecting, by the base unit, uplink channels, responsive to the determined frequencies having low noise levels, transmitting to subscriber units, by the base unit, a message indicating the selected uplink channels and tuning the base unit to receive uplink messages on the selected uplink channels. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080305818 | Adaptive Transmission Device Using Limited Feedback Information in a Mobile Communication System, and a Method Thereof - The present invention relates to an adaptive transmitting device using limited feedback information in a mobile communication system, and a method thereof. According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, when the base station transmits a pilot signal to the terminal, the terminal generates channel information by using the pilot signal, generates additional channel information from the channel information, and transmits the channel information and the additional channel information to the base station. The base station determines band allocation, power allocation, and modulation methods for each use by using received feedback information, and transmits modulated traffic data to the terminal according to the determined methods. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080305819 | Allocating Radio Resources in Mobile Communications System - Allocating radio resources in a mobile communication system, comprises transmitting first information to a network, wherein the first information is utilized by the network to allocate radio resources to a mobile terminal for allowing communication between the mobile terminal and the network, and receiving second information from the network, wherein the second information is related to an allocation of radio resources for the mobile terminal. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080311940 | ALTERNATE RADIO CHANNEL SELECTION ADAPTED PER USER PATTERNS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for selecting alternate channels for broadcast radio channels, and for tracking alternate channel selections, are provided. Some radio systems provide alternate frequencies for tuned radio frequencies to use when the tuned radio frequency signal is no longer receivable. In aspects of the present invention, historical information is generated from alternate channel switching attempts. In further aspects, the generated historical information is used to aid in making a subsequent switch to an alternate channel. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080311941 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method is provided by the present invention for allocating channel resources in a wireless network. The method comprises: a) transmitting at least one message which comprises information that would allow association of at least one service flow for conveying data from/to a subscriber terminal, with at least one group of service flows; b) transmitting from a base station messages adapted to provide information which relate to the allocation of resources of a channel along which data will be transmitted to/from said subscriber terminal via one or more service flows associated with that at least one group of service flows, and wherein the information comprises an identification of the at least one group of service flows; and c) transmitting data from/to the subscriber terminal in accordance with the allocation of the channel resources for the at least one group of service flows. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080311942 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND ACQUIRING ACK/NACK RESOURCES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating resources for transmission of an uplink Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative ACK (NACK) used for indicating success/failure in reception of downlink transmission data by a base station in a mobile communication system. The resource allocation method includes determining a mapping rule between control channel elements constituting a downlink control channel and resources for ACK/NACK transmission; transmitting, to at least one User Equipment (UE), control information used for indicating to acquire the determined mapping rule and resources for ACK/NACK transmission allocated using the mapping rule; transmitting a downlink data channel though a predetermined scheduling operation; and transmitting the downlink control channel to the UE. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080311943 | Audience Response And Communication System and Method - A method and system for interacting with and between audience members located in the same or different locations is described including a central computer, at least one base station connected to the central computer, and a plurality of keypad units arranged to wirelessly transmit and receive signals from the base station. The keypad units may also be located remote to the central computer and the base station, and transmit and receive signals with the central computer via a communication network. The keypad units contain a data connector for transmitting and receiving signals via a wired connection to the central computer or the base unit. The keypad units are configured to enable numeric, text, and voice interaction with and between audience members. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080318607 | Combined Contention and Scheduling Based Uplink for S3g - A communications system comprises a terminal, and network resources. The terminal is operable to transmit substantially simultaneously a data portion and a data transfer request for that data portion to the network resources. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080318608 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ASSIGNING REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A reference signal sequence assignment method and device are provided by which the influence of inter-cell interference can be reduced and the number of usable cyclic shifted sequences per sector can be increased. In a mobile communications system with a structure including multiple cells each including multiple sectors, a sequence assignment method is employed by which pseudo-orthogonal sequences used for reference signals are assigned to cells or sectors. According to this method, the multiple pseudo-orthogonal sequences are assigned to cells or sectors by using multiple repetition patterns. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080318609 | Portable Terminal and Method for Determining a Frequency Assignment - Provided is a broadband wireless access communication system, and in particular, a portable terminal and method for determining a FA in a portable Internet system. A method for determining a FA to be used for wireless communication in a portable terminal includes the steps of: (a) checking whether a signal for each FA is detected and obtaining the number of available FAs of a target base station; (b) obtaining a media access control (MAC) address of the portable terminal; (c) determining a FA based on the MAC address and the number of available FAs; and (d) performing connection initialization through the determined FA. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090005094 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING BANDWIDTH FOR PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for performing Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communication in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a first calculator for calculating a maximum Transmit (Tx) power level for each band of a Mobile Station (MS) by using channel information and capability information of the MS; a second calculator for calculating a preference for each band of the MS by using information on the maximum Transmit (Tx) power level for each band and by using interference information for each band of a counterpart MS; and a selector for selecting a P2P transmission band of the MS according to the preference for each band. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090005095 | Method for Reconfiguring Radio Link in Wireless Communication System - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment to reconfigure a radio link in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a radio link reconfiguration message by a higher layer, requesting a lower layer to respond to the radio link reconfiguration message, configuring a response message for the radio link reconfiguration message, the response message decodable by the lower layer and transmitting the response message. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090017853 | Method and system for presence detection in a communication system - An exemplary method for providing presence detection in a communication system includes associating the identity of a first entity participating in the communication system, with a communication link of the system, and providing access to information regarding the first entity to other entities participating in the communication system. An exemplary method can further include receiving an indication of an incident, including a class or magnitude of the incident, accessing a list of users authorized to participate in the communication system, based on the indication, and denying users absent from the accessed list, access to the communication system. The last communication mechanism or communication address used by each authorized user can also be determined, and displayed. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090017854 | DIFFERENT FREQUENCY MONITORING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - [PROBLEMS] To efficiently switch frequencies of communication between a mobile station and a base station. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090017855 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEER TO PEER CONNECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for establishing a Peer-to-Peer (P2P) connection between Mobile Stations (MSs) in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a transmitting MS for establishing the P2P connection between the MSs in the wireless communication system includes when a location of a receiving MS is not known, requesting a Base Station (BS) to transmit a message instructing MSs to prepare for P2P setup, and thereafter, broadcasting to neighbor MSs a message requesting P2P-related information, receiving the P2P-related information from each of the neighbor MSs, generating a list of MSs capable of P2P communication using the received P2P-related information, and establishing a P2P connection by selecting the receiving MS from the list of MSs with which P2P communication is desired. Accordingly, in an environment where the location of the receiving MS is not known, the receiving MS can be found and thus the P2P connection can be established. Therefore, subscribers of P2P communication can be easily managed by the BS. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090054095 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication network is provided in which a plurality of radio devices achieve frequency diversity. By utilizing cognitive capability within the radio devices to iteratively select frequency sets, a lowest cardinality frequency set is generated and used to communicate amongst the plurality of radio devices. Each radio device can have different hardware, as the iterative selection of frequency set can take into account the different hardware capabilities of the radio devices. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090054096 | Low power range and position determination for wireless communication nodes - Range to a wireless communications node and position relative to one or more wireless communication nodes can be determined with a reduced amount of power consumption. In one example, a probe request is sent at a first power level. Probe responses in response to the probe request are listened for. The number of different radios from which a probe response has been received is counted and compared to a threshold. If the count does not exceed the threshold, then a second different probe request is sent. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090069041 | SCHEDULING INFORMATION TRANSFER - A base station can transmit scheduling unit to mobile device that can enhance mobile device functionality. To transmit the scheduling unit efficiently, the information can be broken down into manageable units. The broken down units can be organized into groupings that enable the units to be sent as a function of available resources. Transmission can continue until a mobile device receives the scheduling unit, where re-organization can occur for a subsequent transmission. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090082046 | Radiocommunication equipment - In radiocommunication equipment that allocates communication resource regions to be used for communication with equipment of a communicating party, the number of communication resource regions to be allocated to the communicating party is satisfactorily ensured for each communicating party. An inherent information acquisition unit acquires information inherent to each piece of equipment of a communicating party. A number-of-resources information acquisition unit acquires information that specifies the number of communication resource regions to be reserved for communication with equipment of a communicating party. An association memory unit stores the association of the inherent information with the information specifying the number of communication resource regions to be reserved. For communication with equipment of a communicating party whose association is stored, a scheduling unit reserves the number of communication resource regions associated with the equipment of the communicating party, and allocates communication resource regions to be used for communication with the equipment of the communicating party. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090093266 | RELAY SYSTEM AND DATA FRAME STRUCTURE FOR THE RELAY SYSTEM - A structure of a data frame for transmitting data via a relay, and a transmission apparatus and a relay using the data frame are provided. The relay includes: a receiver to receive, from a transmission apparatus, first radio resource allocation information with respect to a first radio resource and second radio resource allocation information with respect to a second radio resource, and to receive first data from the transmission apparatus using the first radio resource allocation information; and a transmitter to transmit the received first data to a receiving apparatus using the second radio resource allocation information. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090124275 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BANDWIDTH OPTIMIZATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for the bandwidth optimization of at least one sector in a communication network is provided. The communication network comprises at least one mobile device ( | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090137261 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR FACILITATING INITIATION OF CHANNEL ALLOCATION TO COMMUNICATE DATA IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatus ( | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090143088 | Dynamic Allocation of Radio Resources in a Multicarrier Communication System - Communication carried out over a frequency band divided into a plurality of subcarriers by messages transmitted between a first radio station and a second radio station in a plurality of hops between respectively adjacent radio stations arranged in hierarchical levels. A subset of the subcarriers is used for each hop. The subsets used are allocated by at least one higher level radio station and the composition of at least one of the subsets used varies over time. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090149208 | Method and apparatus to select collaborating users in spectrum sensing - In a first time interval TI a first frequency band FB is pseudorandomly selected from a designated spectrum, and a first analysis result is determined by sensing the first FB during the first TI and then transmitted. In a second TI a second FB is pseudorandomly selected from the designated spectrum, and a second analysis result is determined by sensing the second FB during the second TI and then transmitted. Where multiple devices do this the entire spectrum is sensed, each band by a subset of devices that changes at each TI, and so any unused or underutilized spectrum is searched by the collaborative spectrum sensing, which avoids propagation problems such as fading. Also, a central node can assure various collaborating users report different FBs in different TIs such that the subset of reporting users changes for at least one of the bands in each subsequent reporting TI. Sensing and communication can be performed in different portions of the same network defined transmission time interval. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090149209 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES OF PORTABLE MODULE RESOURCES - Proposed are a method and a system for management of resources of portable resource modules, each connected to a communication terminal, which modules comprise electronic memory units and are designed in particular as chipcards. A first resource management instruction comprising a module identification is transmitted to a resource management centre. A second resource management instruction is transmitted from the resource management centre via a communication network to the resource module identified through the module identification. In the particular resource module, resources are made ready or released by a resource control mechanism corresponding to the received second resource management instruction. A resource management confirmation is transmitted by the particular resource module via the communication network to the resource management centre, and in the resource management centre information about the resources made ready or released is stored assigned to the module identification. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090186646 | COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SENSING OPERATION AND COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS ENABLING THE METHOD - A cognitive radio communication apparatus and method to control a sensing operation. The cognitive radio communication apparatus includes an information receiver to receive channel state information associated with a channel occupancy state of a primary system from at least one sensing node of a secondary system; a sensing control unit to control a sensing period of the at least one sensing node according to a change pattern of the channel occupancy state, based on the channel state information; and a control information transmitter to transmit control information associated with the controlled sensing period to at least one member node of the secondary system. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090191908 | METHOD OF UPDATING CHANNEL INFORMATION BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE - A method of updating channel information by a mobile station (MS) that is in power saving mode is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the MS which receives status information of a first channel descriptor and transmission frame information which includes when the first channel descriptor is to be transmitted. Furthermore, the MS compares status information of the first channel descriptor with status information of a second channel descriptor. Here, the second channel descriptor is stored in the MS. Lastly, if the compared status information are different, the MS receives the first channel descriptor according to the transmission frame information. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090191909 | METHOD OF UPDATING CHANNEL INFORMATION BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE - A method of updating channel information by a mobile station (MS) that is in power saving mode is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the MS which receives status information of a first channel descriptor and transmission frame information which includes when the first channel descriptor is to be transmitted. Furthermore, the MS compares status information of the first channel descriptor with status information of a second channel descriptor. Here, the second channel descriptor is stored in the MS. Lastly, if the compared status information are different, the MS receives the first channel descriptor according to the transmission frame information. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090197623 | Base station and know sequence transmitting method - A disclosed base station transmits data at the same frequency used by neighboring base stations during a first time period, and transmits data at a different frequency from those used by the neighboring base stations during a second time period. The base station includes an antenna; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a first known sequence from the antenna during the first time period and transmit a second known sequence from the antenna during the second time period. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090215482 | INITIALIZATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication network comprises an association unit and a plurality of stations. At least part of the stations store association information indicative of an associated route for transmission of messages from the station to the association unit. The association information is generated by installing the stations in a not-associated state; transmitting association request messages from stations in the not-associated state; and transmitting association grant messages in response to the association request messages. Each association grant message is transmitted only from the association unit or, at least when the station that has transmitted association request message is outside a reception range of the association unit, from one of the stations that is in an associated state. Each station that has received the association grant message in response to its association request message is switched to the associated state. Association information is stored that indicates the station that has sent the association grant message as part of the associated route to the association unit. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090233635 | Discovering neighbors in wireless personal area networks - A neighbor discovery protocol enables a network coordinator to provide time periods during which different classes of devices produce training sequences. The coordinator can transmit information about these time periods in a plurality of different directions so that in-range devices with directional antenna systems receive the communication. The coordinator can also compile interference reports during the neighbor discovery period and thereafter. These reports may be useful in determining whether or not spatial reuse is appropriate between two particular nodes in a given link, in a particular direction. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090239563 | Method and Apparatus for Improving RRC Connection Procedure - The present invention provides a method for improving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection procedure in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of performing an RRC Connection procedure, and resetting or re-establishing a lower layer protocol entity for Signalling Radio Bearers (SRBs) when a cell reselection occurs. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090239564 | Method and Appartus for Fast Link Setup in a Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for a communication system provide for fast link setup for a mobile station by transmitting a request message, transmitting an assignment message from the base station to the mobile station, and transmitting a notification message from the base station to a base station controller. The mobile station transmits an indication message to the base station controller indicating a successful completion of acquiring the data packet channel. The base station controller processes the indication message for message integrity and security feature. A portion of the available communication resources at the base station is allocated for an immediate response to the request message for acquiring a data packet channel. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090247201 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF SPECTRUM SENSING RESOURCES IN COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - A method, wireless controller, and information processing system are provided to dynamically allocate spectrum sensing resources. A first input ( | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090247202 | SYSTEM FOR RANGING BASED ON PARTITIONED RADIO RESOURCE - A method for ranging in a wireless communication system and a communication apparatus and/or system using the same are provided. A base station (BS) device includes a terminal grouping unit to group terminals associated with the BS device into a plurality of groups, a radio resource assignment unit to allocate a radio resource assigned to the BS device to each of the plurality of groups, a transmission unit to transmit information about a radio resource assigned to a first group of the plurality of groups to a terminal included in the first group, and a receiving unit to receive a ranging signal from the terminal using the radio resource assigned to the first group, wherein the terminal grouping unit assigns the terminal to be included in a second group of the plurality of groups where the ranging signal is not received by the receiving unit. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090247203 | Method and Apparatus for Improving DRX Functionality - A method for improving Discontinuous Reception (DRX) Functionality in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message, which contains a DRX Configuration Information Element (IE drx-Configuration), activating a DRX functionality according to the IE drx-Configuration, and starting monitor a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) until a PDCCH signaling addressed to the UE is received. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090253449 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT MESSAGING INVOLVING TERMINATION OF A REQUEST FOR REDUCTION IN INTERFERENCE - A set of nodes may communicate in a manner that is asynchronous with respect to the communication between other sets of nodes. To facilitate reservations of resources by different nodes, a node may transmit a message that requests neighboring nodes to limit their interfering transmissions on a given resource and then transmit another message to inform the neighboring nodes that the node is no longer using the resource. To address problems that may be caused by concurrent asynchronous transmissions by different nodes, a messaging scheme may be used to enable a first node to acquire control information transmitted by asynchronous neighboring nodes while the first node was transmitting, and was thereby unable to receive control messages. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090253450 | REQUESTED TRANSMISSION OF INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT MESSAGES - A set of nodes may communicate in a manner that is asynchronous with respect to the communication between other sets of nodes. To facilitate reservations of resources by different nodes, a node may transmit a message that requests neighboring nodes to limit their interfering transmissions on a given resource and then transmit another message to inform the neighboring nodes that the node is no longer using the resource. To address problems that may be caused by concurrent asynchronous transmissions by different nodes, a messaging scheme may be used to enable a first node to acquire control information transmitted by asynchronous neighboring nodes while the first node was transmitting, and was thereby unable to receive control messages. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090253451 | ROBUST WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes a first receiver section and a second receiver section. The first receiver section receives a first probe signal from a first transceiver at time t | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090253452 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device, and Interference Wave Judging Method - A base station device ( | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090275352 | CYCLIC DELAY DIVERSITY BASED TRANSMISSION WITH DELAY HOPPING - A method of providing delay information in a multi-antenna transmission system is provided. A time delay value is selected from a set of time delay values. A mobile station is informed of information related to the selected time delay value. The same data is transmitted from a first antenna and from a second antenna. The data is transmitted from the second antenna after the data is transmitted from the first antenna according to the selected time delay value. The time delay value is selected based on a deterministic method or a random method. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090291701 | Co-existence between radio access units - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for controlling co-existence of multiple radio access units. The method comprises: receiving a scheduling request comprising value information on at least some of radio independent scheduling parameters of a control interface common to a plurality of radio access units, scheduling radio access on the basis of the value information on at least some of the radio independent scheduling parameters, and sending a response to the scheduling request in a given form in accordance with the control interface common to the radio access units. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090298522 | COEXISTENCE AND INCUMBENT PROTECTION IN A COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090298523 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device capable of obtaining a large multi-user diversity effect while suppressing increase of overhead of a communication signal. The radio communication base station device includes a scheduler ( | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090298524 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Semi-Persistent Transmission Resource - The present invention provides a method for handling semi-persistent transmission resources in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of obtaining semi-persistent transmission resources allocated to the UE, and releasing the semi-persistent transmission resources when a Time Alignment Timer in the UE expires. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090305734 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - An apparatus includes a unit receiving a first-radio signal indicating a state in which transmission by a SDMA scheme is allowed, a unit determining whether a transmission state is a first state (the SDMA scheme is available), or a second state (the SDMA scheme is unavailable), a unit transmitting a radio signal using the SDMA scheme, when it is determined that the first state continues for the first-time period, and a unit setting a third-time period, when the first state fails to continue for the first-time period, the third-time period being obtained by subtracting, from the first-time period, a second-time period ranging from when carrier sense is started to when the transmission state is determined to be the second state, wherein when the first-radio signal is received after the third-time period is set, it is determined whether the first state continues for the third-time period. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090312044 | Channel Estimation, Scheduling, and Resource Allocation using Pilot Channel Measurements - A wireless communication system is disclosed that includes forming one or more beam patterns by a transmitter at a first time, where the beam patterns are made up of a first set of beam patterns used to transmit data during the first time, and a second set of beam patterns used to transmit data during a subsequent time. A pilot signal is transmitted on each of the beam patterns and is detectable and decodable by one or more receivers. The receivers test the quality of the beam patterns and transmit an indicator to the transmitter that relates to one of the beam patterns that has a high channel quality. The transmitter determines channel estimation, transmission scheduling, and/or resource allocation based, at least in part, on the indicator. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090318176 | Mobile Communication System, Mobile Terminal, Base Station, Radio Network Controller, Information Rate Control Method Therefor and Program Therefor. - A method according to the present invention comprises determining an available information rate for communication, via a first base station, between a plurality of terminals and a second base station based on link capacity information for wireless communication between the first base station and the second base station, and controlling each of information rates for the communication between the plurality of terminals and the second base station based on the available information rate. Here, the plurality of terminals and the first base station being in a mobile object, the second base station being outside the mobile object. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20100016005 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST METHOD - A communication terminal apparatus requests resource allocation to a communication control apparatus without allocating any dedicated resource for resource request. The communication terminal apparatus is applied to a wireless communication system in which the communication control apparatus allocates resources used when a communication terminal apparatus | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100022264 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE - The invention relates to a communication device and method that dynamically uses frequency resources, and more particularly, to a mobile terminal and a communication method that can dynamically allocate frequencies. The mobile terminal, which can dynamically allocate frequencies includes a communication module including a cognitive engine and a communication system block. The cognitive engine searches frequency bands based on both specific frequency policy and a service chosen by the user and selects a specific frequency band from the searched frequency bands. The communication system block includes a platform block for performing configuration for the selected frequency band and at least one component block for performing data processing based on a specific protocol according tox the configuration of the platform block. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100029313 | METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION CHANNELS, CORRESPONDING SIGNAL AND TERMINAL - A method is provided for managing communication channels for transmission of multimedia contents from at least one server to at least one radio communication terminal. The method includes: transmitting a first content through a first channel; progressively rendering the first content in a terminal; issuing via the terminal a request for a second content, the request including a control datum indicating whether the second content is to be transmitted through the first channel or through a second channel; and progressively rendering the second content. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100035643 | HYBRID NETWORK RESOURCE AND POLICY MANAGEMENT WITH MOBILITY SUPPORT - A method may include receiving a quality of service request initiated by a mobile node and requesting from a home agent a service level agreement profile for the mobile node. The method may further include allocating resources between a gateway foreign agent and the mobile node. The method may also include initiating resource allocation between the home agent and the gateway foreign agent and initiating resource allocation between a correspondent node and the home agent. The method may further include establishing resource allocation between the mobile node and the correspondent node. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100041426 | INTER BASE STATION COMMUNICATION FOR JOINT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - According to a method for operating a radio communication system, a first radio station decides about the assignment of first radio resources to a user terminal and thereafter assigns the first radio resources to the user terminal. Before deciding about the assignment of the first radio resources to the user terminal, the first radio station transmits information to a second radio station regarding the first radio station's future assignment of the first radio resources. Radio stations carry out the method. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100048234 | METHOD AND SYSTEM ENABLING USE OF WHITE SPACE RADIO SPECTRUM USING DIGITAL BROADCAST SIGNALS | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100062798 | METHOD OF ASSIGNING PROVISIONAL IDENTIFICATION TO A SUBSCRIBER UNIT AND GROUP - The present disclosure provides an efficient and effective method for allocating provisional PUIDs and PGIDs to subscriber units and groups during a failure, such that when the communication system recovers, there is a decrease in or elimination of the number of dropped or missed communications. The present disclosure reserves a range of provisional PUIDs and PGIDs for resource controllers operating in a region of system failure to assign when subscriber units roam into the region of failure in the communication system. The present disclosure addresses creating PUID and PGID ranges for resource controllers to assign to roaming subscriber units in order to allow for assignment of PUIDs and PGIDs during periods of subsystem isolation and site trunking, i.e., when the particular site or subsystem cannot communicate with the rest of the communication system. The present disclosure also addresses recovering from these situations, re-registration, and reallocation of PUIDs and PGIDs. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100075704 | Method and System for Dynamic Spectrum Access Using Specialty Detectors and Improved Networking - Methods and systems for dynamic spectrum access (DSA) in a wireless network are provided. A DSA-enabled device may sense spectrum use in a region and, based on the detected spectrum use, select one or more communication channels for use. The devices also may detect one or more other DSA-enabled devices with which they can form DSA networks. A DSA network may monitor spectrum use by cooperative and non-cooperative devices, to dynamically select one or more channels to use for communication while avoiding or reducing interference with other devices. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100075705 | System and Method for Enabling Coordinated Beam Switching and Scheduling - A system and method for enabling coordinated beam switching and scheduling in a wireless communications system. A method for controller operation includes indicating that the controller is operating in a cooperative beam switching mode, transmitting a beam formed reference signal (BFRS), from each communications device being served by the controller, receiving a measurement of a communications channel between the controller and the communications device and an indicator indicating a transmission unit corresponding to the measurement of the communications channel, receiving a transmission intended for a communications device, and causing the transmission to be transmitted to the communications device. The BFRS is beam formed using a plurality of beam patterns, the beam pattern used in beam forming the BFRS changes once per transmission unit, and the transmission is transmitted using measurement of the communications channel and the indicator from the communications device. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100081467 | Subscriber Station Transceiver Allocation of Groups of Subcarriers Between a Plurality of Transceiver Antennas - Embodiments for at least one method and apparatus of a subscriber station transceiver allocating and transmitting groups of subcarriers between a plurality of transceiver antennas are disclosed. One method includes the subscriber station transceiver receiving at least one downlink signal through each of the plurality of subscriber station antennas. The subscriber station transceiver characterizes a received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. The subscriber station transceiver allocates groups of subcarriers for uplink transmission through each of the plurality of subscriber antennas, wherein the allocation is based on the characterized received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100087217 | Initialization Method and Operating Method for a Wireless Network - An initialization method for a wireless network is disclosed with at least one receiver node and/or switching node and transmitter node in which one transmitter node is allocated to at least one receiver node. An operating method is also disclosed for a wireless network with at least one receiver node and/or switching node and transmitter node. At least one allocation is made between a transmitter node and a receiver node after such an initialization method with the steps of: transmission of a wireless message at the transmitter node, reception of the wireless message at one or more switching nodes, and if the switching node is not the receiver node, transmission of the wireless message at the switching node and reception of the message at the preset receiver node. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100093384 | GUARD BAND UTILIZATION IN MULTI-CARRIER MODE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include a processor which may be configured to: permute subcarriers of a regular band, including subcarriers assigned to mobile station(s) operating in a single carrier mode and subcarriers assigned to mobile station(s) operating in a multiple carrier mode, to generate a first permuted regular band of subcarriers; and permute subcarriers of the first permuted regular band that are assigned to mobile station(s) operating in multiple carrier mode with subcarriers of an adjacent guard band. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100105419 | Spatio-Temporal Random Voting Scheme For Cognitive Networks - A spatio-temporal random voting scheme is provided that incorporates location distribution, spatial randomness, and temporal randomness in the collection of information from a plurality of sensing devices within the cognitive network. The region is divided into a plurality of sectors, where each sector is a portion of the region. A subset of sectors is selected from the plurality of sectors in the region to provide spatial randomness. A device is randomly selected from each sector in the subset of sectors to provide additional spatial randomness to the information collection process. Temporal randomness may be introduced by randomly selecting a timeslot within a sensing window period in which devices are to scan a frequency spectrum band to determine if a signal energy above a threshold is detected. Sensing reports are then collected from the selected sensing devices and used to determine whether the frequency spectrum band is available or in use. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100113079 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING AFFILIATION REQUESTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for managing call affiliation in a communication system having a plurality of communication units. When a public call announcement is initiated, a broadcast data message is transmitted to the communication units identifying a public announcement talkgroup for the call. Upon receiving the broadcast data message, each of the communication units waits a random amount of time before attempting to affiliate to the public announcement talkgroup. At the same time, each communication unit also monitors other messages on the control channel. Each communication unit joins the public announcement talkgroup upon the first of either (1) receiving an affiliation grant in response to an affiliation request transmitted by the communication unit, or (2) detecting an affiliation grant being transmitted to a different communication unit attempting to affiliate to the same talkgroup. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100113080 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for carrying out communications with a mobile station in downlink using an OFDM method is disclosed. The base station apparatus is characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits a first signal and a second signal; a predetermined transmission power of the second signal is set; and the base station apparatus comprises a first transmission power controlling section that controls so that a transmission power per unit frequency band of the first signal is constant; and a frequency resource assignment section that determines a frequency resource to be assigned to the first signal, in accordance with the transmission power of the second signal and the transmission power per unit frequency band of the first signal. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100113081 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A radio access network apparatus is disclosed. The apparatus communicates with a mobile station using a dedicated uplink channel, a downlink shared data channel, and a downlink signaling control channel. The apparatus includes a dedicated uplink channel allocating unit which allocates, to a mobile station starting or restarting communications, on a downlink shared data channel, a dedicated uplink channel to be used by the mobile station; a dedicated channel reception detecting unit which detects, on the allocated dedicated uplink channel, a reception of an uplink transmission from the mobile station; and a downlink transmitting unit which, when the dedicated channel reception of the mobile station is detected, transmits a response to the mobile station using the downlink shared data channel and the downlink signaling control channel. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100113082 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed base station apparatus includes | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100120459 | SCHEDULING INFORMATION METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES - In a method of providing scheduling information for use at the mobile radio communications network device for UL resource allocation at the mobile radio communications device between a plurality of Radio Bearers, wherein each Radio Bearer has a Prioritized Bit Rate and at least one Radio Bearer comprises a Guaranteed Bit Rate Radio Bearer. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100124940 | CHANNEL REUSE WITH COGNITIVE LOW INTERFERENCE SIGNALS - A computing system in which devices communicate wirelessly as secondary users in a band assigned to primary users. The computers communicate using new signals developed to reduce disruption to primary users of the band. The new signals may be produced by sensing, or otherwise determining, signals used by primary users and developing signals using a modulation scheme or other signal parameters that provides little disruption to primary users. These techniques make available to users unused and/or underused portions of the radio spectrum, such as whitespaces between television channels. The new signals may be generated by software defined radios within the computing devices or by switching between modulation schemes supported by conventional wireless network interface card. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100130240 | Portable Network Device For The Discovery Of Nearby Devices And Services - A method of determining communication resource availability within range of a user-centric mobile network is disclosed. In one embodiment the method comprises discovering communication resources within range of the user-centric mobile network, the communication resources including unique resource identifiers, and transmitting the unique resource identifiers and a user identifier to a server that is accessible from outside the user-centric mobile network. The communication resources may have associated therewith an available service and a current status and the method may further comprise transmitting available service information and current status information to the server. Also disclosed is a service discovery device for use in implementing the method. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100130241 | Wireless Communication Terminal Apparatus - A wireless communication terminal apparatus having a plurality of wireless communication units ( | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100151894 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING RESOURCE OF SMALL CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for avoiding small cell interference in a wireless communication system which includes a macro Base Station (BS) and at least one small BS using the same frequency band are provided. The method includes, when receiving an interference avoidance resource request signal from at least one terminal to which a macro cell service is provided, determining a small BS which exerts interference on the terminal, determining an interference avoidance interval not used by the small BS which exerts the interference on the terminal, and allocating a resource to the terminal using a resource of the interference avoidance interval not used by the small BS. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100159973 | DISTRIBUTING A BROADBAND RESOURCE LOCATOR OVER A NARROWBAND AUDIO STREAM - A method to transmit a broadband multimedia resource locator using a narrowband communication system embeds the broadband multimedia resource locator into a narrowband audio stream and transmits the narrowband audio stream to one or more receiving communication devices over the narrowband communication system. The receiving communication device(s) subsequently extract the broadband multimedia resource locator from the narrowband audio stream and use the broadband multimedia resource locator to access a broadband communication system to retrieve multimedia content. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100167772 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTER, AND RECEIVER - In a wireless communication system where data transmission is performed between a base station and terminals, the base station individually generates, for each terminal, a bit map indicative of scheduling resource numbers to be allocated to terminals to which Localized transmission is applied, based on a resource-number mapping rule defined by providing individual resource block numbers to all resource blocks, taking resource block numbers of resource blocks for Distributed transmission as fixed values, and providing individual scheduling resource numbers to remaining resource blocks for Localized transmission except the resource blocks for Distributed transmission for each of scheduling resources corresponding to the number of aggregation. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100173662 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE AUTOMATED MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATION SERVICES ON BOARD A SHIP - A method for the automated management of services envisaged by a predetermined communications plan of a telecommunication system on-board a ship includes radiocommunication resources. The method defines static constraints or criteria, indicates the nominal characteristics of the resources forming part of the on-board system, and dynamic constraints or criteria, and indicates the state of use and the current operating conditions of the resources. The method also includes searching for a resource adapted to perform a service required, on the basis of the static constraints; checking for availability of the resource on the basis of the dynamic constraints; assigning the resource to the service required, if it is available, or otherwise assigning a different resource available, selected on the basis of the static and dynamic constraints or criteria. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100197331 | Method for Allocation of Communication Parameters in a Multiuser Wireless Communications System | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100203914 | Method and apparatus for synchronizing quiet period in cognitive radio system - A method and apparatus for sychronizing a Quiet Period (QP) in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system includes receiving QP information based on a channel N from at least one neighbor BS. The method further includes determining whether the channel N is an in-band channel. If the channel N is the in-band channel, QP scheduling is performed according to the received QP information based on the channel N. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100203915 | INDICATING E-DCH RESOURCES FOR E-RACH - In UMTS WCDMA a new RACH-based uplink is being discussed. The request for uplink transmission resource is made using a mechanism based on the conventional RACH. The main difference from the conventional RACH is that the data transmission uses a high-speed uplink packet data channel, known as Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH), instead of a single short message associated directly with the RACH preamble. One proposed scheme for indicating the E-DCH resources to be used creates a link between the values of each of a group of multiple signatures sent on the AICH (to acknowledge the E-RACH access) and a specific set of E-DCH parameters defined in a table. We propose to signal the set of resources to be used independently from acknowledging the E-RACH access. One possible method is to transmit information in the unused portion of the AICH (corresponding to 1024 chips every slot) indicating the resource set. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100216499 | POWER MANAGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - To schedule uplink transmission time slots for a collection of mobile communication devices, a set of base station target interference patterns is associated with base stations. A time slot target interference pattern is assigned for each time slot and it repeats after several time slots. The time slot target interference pattern in a given time slot specifies the interference allowed by each time slot to a given base station by any single mobile. A priority index may be determined for each time slot for each mobile associated with the particular base station. The priority index may be based, in part, on a determined correlation between the time-slot target interference patterns and a potential interference profile of a mobile to which a time slot is to be allocated. A mobile's throughput requirement, the throughput already received over a specified past duration, the system fairness requirement, as well as the amount of data available for transmission are also used for evaluating the priority index. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100222093 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL ACCOMMODATING APPARATUS - A technique capable of improving the communication throughput while maintaining the interchangeability with a radio communication system or radio communication method employing carrier sense in a conventional multiple access system is disclosed and, on the basis of this technique, a radio communication terminal accommodating apparatus determines the allocation order of communication right permitting the occupation of a radio transmission medium with respect to each of a plurality of radio transmission terminals and transmits a multiple-polling signal | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100234055 | MOBILE USER TERMINAL, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile user terminal, which transmits downlink quality information indicating downlink channel quality and an uplink pilot signal to a base station, in which a carrier frequency used for transmitting the downlink quality information and a carrier frequency used for transmitting the uplink pilot signal are selectable respectively from among a plurality of carrier frequencies assigned to a mobile user terminal, a mobile user terminal comprising of a radio transmitting unit, which transmits said downlink quality information and said uplink pilot signal by using the same carrier frequency among a plurality of carrier frequencies or by using adjacent carrier frequencies among a plurality of carrier frequencies. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100240406 | Method and Apparatus for Carrier Management - A method for a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system performing carrier management is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation (CA), which enables the UE to perform transmission through multiple carriers. The method includes steps of configuring a plurality of carriers, and activating or deactivating a carrier group of the plurality of carriers according to Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100248763 | ADAPTIVE MULTI-TIERED RE-CODING FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCE UTILIZATION - System(s) and method(s) that, periodically or when triggered, adapt data rates in multiple tiers of a network are presented. A top tier feedback (FB) loop adapts on a longer time scale associated with its longer path transit time for FB communication messages from a wireless portion to a data source in the wire-line portion of the network. A bottom tier FB loop adapts very quickly, and on a shorter time scale that the top tier FB loop due to its shorter FB path transit time, at the wireless edge with sufficient speed to accurately adapt to fast-changing wireless conditions. The top tier provides efficient resource utilization down to the bottom tier, and the bottom tier provides efficient resource utilization within the wireless portion of the network. A middle tier(s) can be added as desired to provide a more gradual stepped adaptation from source to destination. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248764 | TECHNIQUE AND APPARATUS FOR COGNITIVE RADIO ACCESS TO A BROKERED SPECTRUM - A technique ( | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248765 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of allocating radio resources from a network of a wireless communication system in accordance with a plurality of scheduling modes comprises transmitting first scheduling information to a user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a first scheduling mode, the first scheduling information including a first user equipment identifier, and transmitting second scheduling information to the user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a second scheduling mode, the second scheduling information including a second user equipment identifier. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248766 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES - A method of allocating radio resources includes allocating radio resources to a first allocation unit which is one of a plurality of allocation units included in a resource domain, and allocating radio resources to a second allocation unit at the m th position in a time domain and at the n th position in a frequency domain from the first allocation unit, wherein the resource domain includes a plurality of allocation unit groups, the plurality of allocation unit groups are composed the plurality of allocation units placed m in the time domain and n in the frequency domain from a previous allocation unit. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248767 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention relates a resource allocation method and a resource allocation device. According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a resource allocation method of a wireless communication system includes: allocating a resource to a first base station; determining whether or not a second cell that is smaller than a first cell is provided in a first cell region managed by the first base station; reducing the resource allocated to the first base station when the second cell is provided; and allocating resources remaining after reducing the resource to a second base station that manages the second cell. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248768 | Wireless Communication Terminal And Management Device In A Wireless Communication System And Method Thereof - A management device in a wireless communication system including a first communication terminal, a second communication terminal, a base station, includes a storage unit to store information related to an operation state of the second communication terminal associated with the first communication terminal as a communication counterpart, and a control unit that identifies the operation state of the associated second terminal based on the information stored in the storage unit, and changes an intermittent reception period of the first communication terminal to be longer than an existing period, based on the state of the second communication terminal. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100248769 | System and Method for Probability-based Resource Allocation in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for probability-based resource allocation in a wireless communications system is provided. A method for centralized resource allocation includes coordinating spectrum sensing information with a set of cognitive radio (CR) user pairs, computing probability-based information for CR user pairs in the set of CR user pairs, computing adjustment values for each channel available for allocation, assigning a CR user pair to an unassigned channel in a set of channels available for allocation, the assigning based on the probability-based information, updating the adjustment values, repeating the assigning a CR user pair and the updating the adjustment values if the adjustment values have not converged, and transmitting a message to the set of CR user pairs, wherein the message comprises information regarding CR user pair to channel assignments. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100261494 | LATENCY IMPROVEMENT METHODS IN NATIVE PTT GATEWAY FOR A GROUP CALL WITH DISPATCH CONSOLE CLIENTS - A system and method for pre-allocating PTT resources including user/resource credentials at the native PTT gateway are presented. The user status and floor control information can be buffered at the native PTT gateway until the native PTT gateway receives actual resource/end point information from the media handler. Afterwards, the pre-allocation of PTT resources can be correctly mapped to the actual user resources/end point information when the native PTT gateway receives such information from the media handlers and a call is handled. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100267406 | Cooperative local and wide area radio broadcasting - A method to transmit local area radio broadcast signals ( | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100267407 | Method for scheduling wake/sleep cycles by a central device in a wireless network - A method for scheduling wake/sleep cycles by a central device in a wireless network is provided. The wireless network comprises at least one mobile device. The method comprises: attributing a wake/sleep cycle length to each mobile device, wherein the wake/sleep cycle length is an integer multiple of a system schedule cycle; assigning a sleep period and a wake period within the wake/sleep cycle of each mobile device; and arranging the wake/sleep cycle of each mobile device to avoid collision of the wake period with those of other mobile devices. The present invention can keep the maximum sleep cycle period of each MS to guarantee the QoS requirement and to efficiently utilize the system bandwidth. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100267408 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An inter-cell interference coordination method and apparatus is provided for mitigating inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system by using interference coordination information exchanged among neighbor base stations. The method includes receiving, at a serving base station, power control messages transmitted by neighbor base stations, receiving incoming interference coordination messages transmitted by neighbor base stations, each message including interference indicators of resource blocks, allocating the resource blocks with transmission power per resource block to user equipments served by the base station based on the power control and interference coordination messages, generating outgoing interference coordination messages for the respective neighbor base stations based on the resource block allocation result, and transmitting the interference coordination messages to the neighbor base stations, respectively. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100273515 | Uplink Scheduling Support in Multi-Carrier Wireless Communication Systems - A method in a wireless communication terminal that supports aggregated carrier access including determining power headroom for a first carrier based on first carrier control information, determining power headroom for at least one additional carrier based on the first carrier control information, and transmitting a power headroom report based on the power headroom of the first carrier or the power headroom of the at least one additional carrier. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100279725 | RADIO APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DETECTING RADIO WAVE - Provided is a radio communication system including a plurality of cognitive radio apparatuses each including at least: a transmission/reception element; and a detection element for detecting a radio wave transmitted from a radio apparatus of another radio communication system, in which the radio communication system further includes a control section for determining a frequency band on which each cognitive radio apparatus of a radio apparatus group including the plurality of cognitive radio apparatuses is to detect the radio wave. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100285823 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO COMMUNICATION DEVICES THAT USE DIFFERING PROTOCOLS AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A control device includes at least one communication interface for communicating first control data with a first plurality of communication devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a first protocol and further for communicating second control data with a second plurality of communication devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a second protocol. A resource controller allocates resources of the millimeter wave frequency band to the first plurality of communication devices and the second plurality of communication devices based on the first control data and the second control data. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100285824 | MULTIMODE CONTROL DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO COMMUNICATION DEVICES THAT USE DIFFERING PROTOCOLS AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A control device includes a first communication interface for communicating first control data with a first plurality of communication devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a first protocol, wherein the first communication interface utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with the first protocol. A second communication interface communicates second control data with a second plurality of communication devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a second protocol, wherein the second communication interface utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with the second protocol. A resource controller allocates resources of the millimeter wave frequency band to the first plurality of communication devices and the second plurality of communication devices based on the first control data and the second control data. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100285825 | Communication - Various apparatuses, methods and computer programs are provided. A first apparatus includes: a controller configured to control transmitter circuitry to transmit, according to a first communication protocol, a first request to a second apparatus, the first request being for assisting a wireless communication link, according to a second communication protocol, to be established between the apparatus and a third apparatus. In response to receiving the first request, the second apparatus transmits a second request to the third apparatus. The third apparatus is configured to transmit signals at a rate, each signal being for enabling a wireless communication link to be established between the third apparatus and another apparatus (such as the first apparatus). In response to receipt of the second request, the third apparatus changes the rate at which the signals are transmitted. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100291956 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND CELL DETERMINATION METHOD - One feature of the present invention relates to a base station for operating multiple cells each having a predefined bandwidth, including: a load measurement unit configured to measure traffic status in each of the cells; a selection probability computation unit configured to compute a selection probability used to select a preselected cell based on the traffic status, the preselected cell being accessed by a mobile station in transition from an idle state to an active state; a transmission unit configured to transmit the selection probability; and a control plane control unit configured to connect to the preselected cell being accessed by the mobile station. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100291957 | MOBILE BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A mobile base station includes a detecting unit that detects communication information concerning another cell; a switching unit that based on the detected communication information, switches a communication resource used by the mobile base station to a communication resource different from that used in the other cell; a communication resource reporting unit that reports to a mobile terminal in a cell of the mobile base station, the communication resource switched to by the switching unit; and a communication information reporting unit that reports to a base station outside the cell of the mobile base station, communication information concerning the communication resource switched to by the switching unit. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100291958 | BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION, MBMS BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION SYSTEM, METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER - A base transceiver station ( | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100298018 | ADDRESSING AVAILABLE RESOURCES FOR HSDPA ACCESSES - A method of indicating to a secondary station a set of at least one available transmission resource among a predetermined plurality of transmission resources, each set being described by a plurality of parameters, said method comprising the steps of:—signalling to the secondary station an association between a control signalling channel and at least one parameter describing a set of transmission resources; coding into an address at least one remaining parameter from the plurality of parameters describing the said set of transmission resources;—transmitting the address to the secondary station using the said control signalling channel. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100298019 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR THE ALLOCATION OF E-DCH COMMON RESOURCES IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method and a radio base station, the radio base station when receiving a preamble to access one of the E-DCH common resources is adapted to send a NACK even if the default resource for that particular preamble is free. As a result, the UE will monitor the E-AICH and another ‘non-default’ configuration will be assigned. As a consequence, the default configurations will be the last resources to be assigned. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100304770 | COEXISTENCE MANAGER FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF MULTIPLE RADIOS - Techniques for performing radio coexistence management to control operation of multiple radios to achieve good performance are described. In one design, an entity (e.g., a coexistence manager or a radio controller) may receive inputs from one or more radios among multiple radios operating concurrently. An input from a radio may indicate a planned operating state or planned activity of the radio in an upcoming time interval. The entity may determine controls for at least one radio based on the received inputs and a database of performance versus operating states to mitigate interference caused or observed by each of the at least one radio. The control for a radio may indicate a selected operating state or selected setting for at least one configurable parameter for the radio in the upcoming interval. The entity may send the controls to the at least one radio. Each radio may operate in accordance with its control. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304771 | Method For Resource Assignment Signalling In A Mobile Radio Communication System And Base Station For A Mobile Radio Communication System - The invention relates to a method for resource assignment signalling in a mobile radio communication system, wherein time-frequency resources for data transmission are structured in physical resource blocks, wherein the method includes the steps of
| 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304772 | MULTIPLE CHANNEL SUPPORT IN DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS SYSTEMS - To facilitate multi-channel communications over distributed-control radio networks, the timing of networks on multiple substantially independent channels are adjusted ( | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304773 | METHOD FOR SELECTIVE ANTENNA ACTIVATION AND PER ANTENNA OR ANTENNA GROUP POWER ASSIGNMENTS IN COOPERATIVE SIGNALING WIRELESS MIMO SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for selective antenna activation in cooperative signaling wireless systems. In one embodiment, the method is for use in a cooperative signaling MIMO system in which antennas are located a plurality of different locations across a geographic area, the system comprising a plurality of different cooperative MIMO controllers and a plurality of antennas that can be communicably coupled to each of the controllers, the method comprising: at different transmission instances, selectively activating one or more antennas in the cooperative signaling MIMO system to vary which subset of antennas are active among antennas that can be used for each of the controllers in the system, including applying a power pattern which specifies per antenna or per antenna group power assignments for the one or more antennas being selectively activated, and performing cooperative MIMO transmission under control of at each controller in conformance with antenna activation and antenna power assignments assigned for each transmission time. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304774 | DATA UNIT RECEPTION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND RELATED SYSTEM AND DEVICE - A method of managing reception of data units transmitted from a radiocommunication network to a plurality of user equipments via a plurality of common upper level channels mapped to a same common lower level channel. The method comprises the following steps carried out by any user equipment of said plurality of user equipments: receiving a list of information relating respectively to each common upper level channel of said plurality of common upper level channels in a determined order, said information including no common upper level channel identifier; and setting a common upper level channel identifier for each common upper level channel of said plurality of common upper level channels according to the received list of information. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304775 | PROCESSING METHOD FOR RESOURCE REQUEST IN NGN - A processing method for the resource request in NGN, which includes the following steps: the service control layer in NGN transmits the corresponding resource request to the resource admission control layer after the service control layer receives the service request transmitted by an user; if the bandwidth applied by the resource request can not be satisfied, then the resource admission control layer adds the available bandwidth information into the corresponding resource request refusing message and transmits it to the service control layer when the resource admission control layer refuses the request. The service control layer and the user perform session negotiation of the corresponding service according to the available bandwidth information. The method can optimize QoS resource control, acquire the current resource status when the service control function is failed for resource application, negotiate QoS once again according to the current resource status, in order to performing service access rapidly and high effectively, thereby providing better service for users. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100304776 | LONG-TERM-CSI-AIDED MU-MIMO SCHEDULING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention proposes a multiuser multi-input multi-output scheduling method, which comprises steps of: a multiuser scheduling step of performing multiuser scheduling by using mean channel matrixes of respective user equipments; and a multiuser precoding step of performing multiuser precoding by using instantaneous channel matrixes of respective user equipments selected in the multiuser scheduling. The present invention also proposes a base station and a user equipment which will be used to implement the inventive multiuser multi-input multi-output scheduling method. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100311452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are method and apparatus for allocating radio resources. The method for allocating radio resource includes: determining, by a base station, a group of downlink sub-channels and transmission parameters related to the group of downlink sub-channels according to downlink channel characteristics and downlink interference characteristics of each resource block and a downlink bandwidth requirement of a terminal reported by the terminal, and transmitting the group of downlink sub-channels and the related transmission parameters determined to the terminal. The method and apparatus are able to allocate radio resources and determine transmission parameters based on user service requirement and system channel conditions, which greatly optimizes the system performances and improves efficiency. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100317388 | Personal Independent Basic Service Set Cluster Resource Sharing - In a PBSS cluster environment, the beacon interval is allocated such that each PBSS in a PBSS cluster possesses its own master sub-beacon interval. Moreover, each member of the PBSS cluster can share unoccupied sub-beacon intervals. When a master PBSS fails to use its own master sub-beacon interval or the beacon intervals which are unoccupied, the available idle time within the beacon interval can be utilized by other member PBSSs in the PBSS cluster. As available or idle beacon interval time is allocated, each master PBSS retains the highest priority to its own master sub-beacon interval thus providing immediate access to a beacon interval when necessary. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100317389 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING GROUP RESOURCE DEALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving group resource deallocation information in a communication system are provided. The method in a base station includes transmitting group resource deallocation information, which includes information indicating a group including a plurality of Mobile Stations (MSs) receiving the group resource deallocation information, and information indicating whether a resource is allocated to each of the MSs. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100323734 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIN SYSTEM, WIRELESS NETWORK CONROL DEVICE AND LOAD-DISTRIBUTION METHOD - A mobile communication system provides mobile devices with services while distributing loads in a plurality of wireless areas. A wireless base station covers a plurality of wireless areas among which loads can be distributed. A wireless network control device manages loads of the plurality of areas covered by the wireless base station. The wireless network control device seeks remaining wireless resources of the plurality of wireless areas from the loads of the plurality of wireless areas. The wireless network control device selects wireless areas assigned to mobile devices in accordance with a comparing result of the remaining wireless resources of the plurality of wireless areas. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100323735 | Method and Computer-Readable Medium for Dynamic Rate Capping - A method and computer-readable medium for dynamic rate capping of data transmissions of a subscriber are provided. According to the method, configuration parameters for dynamic rate capping are defined. A plurality of subscriber parameters are obtained, and a plurality of network parameters are measured. A rate boost factor is calculated based on a backhaul rate boost factor and a sector rate boost factor. A transmission rate cap for subscriber data transmissions is calculated based on backhaul and sector parameters, such as backhaul and sector rate boost factors. The rate of subscriber data transmissions is dynamically controlled based on the transmission rate cap. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100323736 | OPTIMIZED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (RACH) ACCESS - A method and apparatus to reduce the overhead related to allocation of the terminal identifier in a random access procedure and an optimized method for detecting a collision are provided. By allocating a “short” terminal identifier in the Random Access Response that is identifiers and allocating the permanent terminal identifier at the end of the random access procedure, the size of data that must be transmitted in the Random Access Response is reduced and power is saved. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100323737 | METHOD OF PERFORMING FEEDBACK FOR MULTICAST AND BROADCAST SERVICE - A method of performing a feedback for a multicast and broadcast service (MBS) is disclosed. A Multicast Broadcast Service (MBS) feedback method includes, generating, by a base station contained in a multi-cell multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) zone, a ranging channel code for a multicast broadcast service (MBS) feedback, allocating the ranging channel code to a mobile station contained in a cell zone of the base station, and receiving the MBS feedback information based on the ranging channel code from the mobile station. So, an adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) is applied to the MBS according to the NACK feedback, such that a throughput of the MBS system increases. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100323738 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In case of receiving the L1/L2 grant for permitting the data transmission on the uplink to multiple PUCCH subframes assigned to transmit the reception quality information, the mobile station apparatus transmits all the reception quality information that was attempted to be transmitted by using the multiple PUCCH subframes, by using the corresponding single PUSCH subframe. As a result, it is possible to provide the mobile station apparatus and the like with which, in case that the base station apparatus transmits the L1/L2 grant to multiple PUCCH subframes that were assigned to the mobile station apparatus to transmit the reception quality information, the transmission and reception processing of the reception quality information performed between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus can be reduced, and appropriate communication control following the conditions of the current transmission channel can be achieved by reducing the delay occurring when the mobile station apparatus transmits the reception quality information. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100331028 | Radio resource measurement techniques in directional wireless networks - Techniques for radio resource measurement (RRM) that support directionality, as well as scheduled media access techniques are described. For instance, a measurement request may be transmitted from a first device to a second device. This measurement request directs the second device to take one or more measurements of a wireless channel. Various characteristics for the one or more measurements may be included in the measurement request. For example, the measurement request may indicate at least one directional parameter and at least one timing parameter for the one or more measurements. In response to the request, the first device receives a measure report that includes measured values for each of the one or more measurements. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100331029 | DECENTRALIZED COEXISTENCE MANAGER FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF MULTIPLE RADIOS - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate a decentralized structure for managing multi-radio coexistence for a mobile device and/or other suitable device(s). As described herein, a coexistence manager (CxM) and/or other suitable means can be implemented in connection with a set of radios (or other transceivers) in order to manage conflicts between events corresponding to the radios. Functionality can be divided such that the CxM operates on the control plane and handles configuration and long-term operations such as registration, sleep mode management, interaction with upper layers, etc., while the respective radios operate on the data plane and handle short-term radio event management operations based on incoming notifications or event requests. For instance, radios can identify conflicts between requested external events and internally associated events and accordingly provide responses that allow or disallow the external events on an absolute basis or a conditional basis (e.g., based on proposed event modifications). | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100331030 | Control and Data Signaling in Heterogeneous Wireless Communication Networks - A method in a wireless communication device including receiving control signaling from a base station in a control region of a downlink carrier spanning a first bandwidth, receiving a signaling message from the base station indicating a second bandwidth, receiving a first control message within the control region using a first Downlink Control Information (DCI) format size, the first DCI format size based on the first bandwidth, and receiving a second control message within the control region using a second DCI format size, the second DCI format size based on the second bandwidth, wherein the second bandwidth is distinct from the first bandwidth and the first and second control messages indicate downlink resource assignments for the downlink carrier. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100331031 | Method of Random Access Channel Optimization and Related Communication Device - A method of random access channel (RACH) optimization for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a system information message for RACH configuration optimization, from a network of the wireless communication system, and determining whether to send a first RACH measurement report, used for the network to perform the RACH configuration optimization, to the network, according to existence of a field in the system information message. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100331032 | TECHNIQUE FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A technique for performing a random access procedure in a fast moving mobile device in context with accessing a radio base station is described. A method embodiment of the technique comprises tuning a receiver of the mobile device to an expected frequency of a pilot signal provided by the base station; determining, based on an output signal of the receiver, a feedback signal for locking the receiver to a receive frequency of the pilot signal; providing the feedback signal to a transmitter of the mobile device; and adjusting a transmission frequency of a random access signal according to a frequency offset between the expected frequency and the receive frequency of the pilot signal indicated by the feedback signal. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20110003609 | Power Efficient Data Transmission - Teachings herein schedule a data transmission in a variable bandwidth wireless communication system based on the power efficiency of a mobile node. One or more processing circuits, of the mobile node or a network node, determine the value of a control setting that defines a power efficiency configuration of the mobile node. In one embodiment, for example, the power efficiency configuration indicates the mobile node is configured to operate at the maximum power efficiency attainable without the data rate of the data transmission falling below a minimum data rate required by a quality of service. Regardless, the one or more processing circuits select from different possible bandwidths of the data transmission a bandwidth that supports a given data rate and that, according to a power efficiency model that models power efficiency of the mobile node for the different possible bandwidths, yields a power efficiency comporting with the power efficiency configuration. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110003610 | Monitoring and Tracking of Wireless Sensor Devices - A healthcare monitoring system includes a plurality of patient wearable sensor devices for the purpose of monitoring physiological data, each sensor device including a radio frequency transceiver. A plurality of base stations are provided at respective fixed locations within a healthcare facility, each base station including a radio frequency transceiver for communicating with one or more of the sensor devices for the purpose of receiving monitored physiological data. A central server is coupled to the base stations for the purpose of receiving and recording monitored physiological data. Each sensor device is arranged in use to attach to a first base station that is within range, and to attach to a second, different base station that is within range when contact with the first base station is lost, attachment of the sensor device to a base station being registered with the central server. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110009139 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION VIA UPLINK, AND BASE STATION AND USER DEVICE ADAPTED FOR THE METHOD - A base station for a mobile communication system includes a speed detecting unit configured to detect the moving speed of a user device based on a signal received from the user device and indicating the moving speed; and a determining unit configured to select, based on the moving speed detected by the speed detecting unit, a wideband channel quality indicator indicating reception quality of an entire system frequency band allocated to the mobile communication system, or a combination of the wideband channel quality indicator and one or more channel quality indicators of subbands in the system frequency band as channel quality information that needs to be reported from the user device to the base station. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009140 | PRECODING METHOD FOR FEMTOCELL OR PICOCELL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF USING THE METHOD - A precoding method for a femtocell or a picocell and a communication system using the same is provided. The communication system may include a small base station that is able to implement a protection mode to protect a neighbor terminal from an interference regardless of whether a neighbor base station is performing a process to protect the neighbor terminal from the interference. Also, the small base station may use at least one process scheme appropriate for a current environment among various process schemes, thereby effectively protecting the neighbor terminal from the interference. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009141 | RADIO STATION, TRANSMITTING STATION, AND FREQUENCY BAND SHARING METHOD - The invention has a step where a transmitting station in a second radio communication system determines whether transmission of a second radio communication system signal using a shared frequency band is possible or not based on load information of a first radio communication system broadcast from a base station in the first radio communication system, a step where the transmitting station in the second radio communication system calculates predicted interference power caused in a receiving station in the first radio communication system by the second radio communication system signal transmitted using the shared frequency band, and a step where the base station in the first radio communication system increases an allowable interference level of a first radio communication system signal transmitted using the shared frequency band based on the predicted interference power broadcast from the transmitting station in the second radio communication system. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009142 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A base station apparatus in a mobile communications system is provided. The base station apparatus includes a measuring unit which receives a reference signal from a user apparatus and measures received quality for each frequency resource block; a unit which provides a reference metric from the received quality; a modifying unit which modifies the reference metric with at least first and second parameters, and provide the modified metric; a scheduler which compares modified metrics of respective frequency resource blocks and provides a radio resource allocation plan; and a unit which reports, to the user apparatus, control information which indicates the allocation plan. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009143 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNELS - A frame structure used in a wireless access system and a method for allocating uplink control channels are provided. The method transmits a super-MAP including information regarding a control channel allocation method and control channel allocation information to a receiving end and receives a control signal through an uplink subframe indicated by the control channel allocation information using the control channel allocation method. Thus, the transmitting end can correctly allocate a control channel for each downlink burst. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009144 | METHOD OF UPDATING CHANNEL INFORMATION BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE - A method of updating channel information by a mobile station (MS) that is in power saving mode is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the MS which receives status information of a first channel descriptor and transmission frame information which includes when the first channel descriptor is to be transmitted. Furthermore, the MS compares status information of the first channel descriptor with status information of a second channel descriptor. Here, the second channel descriptor is stored in the MS. Lastly, if the compared status information are different, the MS receives the first channel descriptor according to the transmission frame information. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009145 | METHOD AND NETWORK ARRANGEMENT FOR RE-ALLOCATING FREQUENCY RESOURCES BETWEEN CO-LOCATED CELLULAR NETWORKS - The invention relates to a method and a network arrangement for re-allocating frequency resources for terminal devices of co-located cellular networks. The co-located cellular networks can temporally release at least a part of their frequency resources at another cellular network's disposal. For accomplishing the reallocation cellular terminals camping in these co-locating cellular networks utilize in their access bursts a complementary code set. The complementary code set can comprise an operator specific signature and a terminal device specific signature. Each of the co-located networks can by correlation identify also terminal devices of other co-locating cellular networks. If the serving cellular network has exhausted its frequency resources it can ask additional frequency resources from the other co-locating cellular networks. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009146 | TRANSMISSION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - A communication network comprises a management entity adapted for allocating a transmission resource to a terminal from a plurality of terminals. A mobility value is associated with each terminal of the plurality of terminals, this mobility value indicating a level of mobility of a terminal in the communication network. Next, a terminal is selected from among the plurality of terminals on the basis of a characteristic relating to a condition of instantaneous transmission of the terminal and of a characteristic relating to a condition of mean transmission of the terminal, while taking account of the mobility value which is associated therewith. Thereafter, the transmission resource is allocated to the selected terminal. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110009147 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD, RADIO STATION APPARATUS, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING RADIO STATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To effectively suppress interference on other radio stations located in the vicinity, when the radio station performs radio communication with a registered radio station. A femto base station | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110014935 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING SENSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus and method for scheduling a sensing channel in a wireless communication system. The sensing channel scheduling apparatus may include: an evaluation value calculator to calculate evaluation values with respect to a channel quality for each of channels; a sorter to sort the evaluation values based on a predetermined criterion; and a scheduler to perform scheduling for sequences of the channels using sequences of the sorted evaluation values. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110014936 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COGNITIVE RADIO TRANSMISSION - A method for facilitating radio communications includes receiving, at a first cognitive station (CS) from a cognitive central station (CCS), a message having a candidate list of one or more candidate frequencies, such that each frequency of the candidate list is a frequency at which each of a terminal, the CCS, and a primary station in communication range of the terminal is configured to operate. Further operations include measuring an availability of a frequency of the candidate list to form a first transmission parameter, determining, based upon the transmission parameter, a target frequency list indicating which frequency or frequencies of the candidate list is available for communication between the terminal and the CCS, and providing, to the terminal, an allocation message identifying one or more frequencies of the target frequency list at which the terminal is permitted to communicate with the CCS. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110014937 | Communication Control Device And Communication Control Method - A communication control system includes a wireless base station A and a wireless base station B that control wireless communication of a mobile communication terminal and an EPC that performs path control and data transmission/reception control between the wireless base station A and the wireless base station B by wire communication. Then, when the wireless base station B receives a handover request requesting for switching the wireless path from the mobile communication terminal, the wireless base station B switches the wireless path to a wireless path through the wireless base station B, and after a predetermined time elapses from when the wireless path is switched, the wireless base station B transmits a request for switching a wire path through the wireless base station A that performs data transmission/reception control for the mobile communication terminal to a wire path through the wireless base station B to the EPC. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110014938 | ASYMMETRIC BANDS ALLOCATION IN DOWNLINK AND UPLINK USING THE SAME FFT SIZE - Creating asymmetric wireless communication by Allocating a first plurality of frequency bands to a first transmission direction and at least one frequency band to an opposite transmission direction where all the frequency bands use the same FFT size Dividing at least one of the frequency bands into sub-bands or slots Creating an asymmetrical communication channel including at least one of A whole number of the frequency bands in one direction and at least one of the sub-bands in the opposite direction A first number of the sub-bands in one direction and a different number of the sub-bands in the opposite direction At least one sub-band in one direction and at least one sub-band in the opposite direction having different size. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110021231 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF AUTOMATICALLY MAINTAINING A LINE-OF-SIGHT COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - One exemplary embodiment is directed to a method of automatically maintaining a line-of-sight communication channel. The method comprises determining information about each communication resource that is accessible in a region through which a mobile system is moving. The method further comprises determining information about the mobile system. The method further comprises performing a line-of-sight (LOS) analysis for each of the communication resources based at least in part on a respective location and a respective elevation for the respective communication resource and the current location of the mobile system and a current elevation for the mobile system. The method further comprises determining if a new communication link should be established with at least one of the communication resources based at least on the LOS analyses that were performed and establishing the new communication link if it is determined that the new communication link should be established. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110021232 | Semi-Distributed, Quality-of-Service-Based Scheduling Protocols, with Minimum Control Plane Signaling - Methods and apparatus for scheduling link resources in a wireless communication system ( | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110028175 | Device for managing of base station and method for managing thereof - A management device of a stopping or moving base station includes: an information acquisition unit that acquires first information about wireless environment from a neighboring base station and that acquires second information about the wireless environment by connecting to a backbone network; a position estimating unit that estimates a position of the neighboring base station based on the first information; and an operation condition selection unit that selects radio resources based on at least one of the first information and the second information. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110028176 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICAITON LOCAL AREA NETWORK - The present invention discloses a method of allocating channels for a wireless communication local area network, with a system comprising a console and a plurality of nodes that can be controlled by the console through wireless communication, which method comprises the steps of connecting at least two nodes in series via a connecting means, each of the nodes being configured to transmit signals in turn through said connecting means; sending a trigger signal to a first node through said connecting means; receiving a first response signal sent by the first node in response to said trigger signal so as to determine that the first node is available; allocating a first wireless channel for wireless communication between the console and the first node, and sending information including the allocation of the first wireless channel to the first node; whereupon the first node transmits the trigger signal to a second node adjacent to the first node after confirming that the allocation of the first wireless channel has been completed. By means of this technical solution, different wireless channels can be conveniently allocated to respective nodes in accordance with the different physical locations thereof, so that the console can control each of the nodes separately according to its needs. The present invention has extensive application prospects in the wireless control of lighting networks or inductor networks. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110028177 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus is either of at least two types of base station apparatuses defined in a certain communication system. A ranging processing unit cyclically assigns control signals. The frequency of assigning control signals per unit time in the ranging processing unit is different from the frequency of assigning control signals per unit time in another type of base station apparatus. A modulator, a transmitter, and a radio unit broadcast an assigned control signal. The radio unit, the transmitter, the modulator, a receiver, and a demodulator perform communication with a terminal apparatus that has received a broadcasted control signal. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110034193 | CHANNEL CONDITION BASED SIGNAL QUALITY FEEDBACK BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - A first amount of bandwidth is allocated to a first wireless device to send signal quality information to a base station. Based on a first indicator of wireless link conditions associated with the first wireless device, and a second indicator of wireless link conditions associated with a second wireless device, a second amount of bandwidth is allocated to the first wireless device to send signal quality information to the base station. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110034194 | LOCAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL SELECTION OF SENSOR SYSTEMS - An apparatus for performing a local wireless communication using a frequency band. At least a part of the frequency band is divided into a plurality of channels. The apparatus includes a plurality of sensors, each sensor scanning each channel to identify whether each channel is used or not, selecting an unused channel as a data transmission channel, and transmitting data through the unused data transmission channel. The apparatus further includes at least one hub receiving and processing the data transmitted from each sensor through each corresponding data transmission channel. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110034195 | RANGING METHOD AND DEVICE - A base station generates a ranging bitmap for indicating whether a ranging code is received through a corresponding ranging channel for each ranging channel, and transmits it to terminals. The terminals check whether the ranging code is successfully transmitted through the ranging bitmap provided by the base station and ranging code identity information included in a ranging response message. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110034196 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL CONNECTION AND CONTROL STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system can predict a temporary access concentration to a particular wireless base station, select an appropriate wireless base station and assign down channels for each mobile terminal. In respective wireless base stations, switching scheduling to a channel congestion avoidance mode is performed by checking the obtained use history of respective wireless base stations to determine the periodicity regarding the channel congestion of the respective wireless base stations. Once switched to the channel congestion avoidance mode, a wireless base station for each mobile terminal is selected based on idle channel conditions of surrounding wireless base stations and moving direction characteristics of mobile terminals currently connected to the wireless base station. The only down channel of each mobile terminal is connected to the selected wireless base station, and the wireless communication is established. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110034197 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALLING ACTIVE ASSIGNMENTS TO A GROUP OF WIRELESS STATIONS - In a method of signalling active assignments to an ordered group of wireless terminals in communication with a base station in a wireless communication system, each wireless terminal of the ordered group having a corresponding position within the ordered group, the base station: determines an allocation of active assignments for the ordered group, the allocation corresponding to a number of active assignments; determines an index value identifying the allocation in a set of possible allocations for the number of active assignments for the ordered group; and transmits the index value to at least one wireless terminal of the ordered group of wireless terminals | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110034198 | DETERMINING METHOD FOR USE IN INFORMATION FEEDBACK, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention provides a subband determining method, a base station, user equipment, and a communications system, each of which is used for information feedback. The base station of the present invention finds the subband size on the basis of a system bandwidth and divides the system bandwidth into subbands. The base station further (i) selects some subbands to form a subband set and assign the subband set to user equipment (UE) and (ii) notifies the user equipment (UE) of information about the subband set. The user equipment (UE) in turn finds its corresponding subband size and the number of subbands for use in feedback on the basis of the size of the assigned subband set. The user equipment (UE) further (i) divides the subband set into its corresponding subbands on the basis of a result found and (ii) feeds back information about a predetermined number of subbands to the base station. The base station carries out optimization of its transmitter on the basis of the information, fed back from the user equipment (UE), so as to not only secure a quality of service of a wireless cell, but also improve system efficiency. This method allows feedback to be carried out for downlink information with ease and high efficiency. This in turn reduces load for uplink wireless transmissions and improves feedback precision so as to save wireless resources and improve system efficiency. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110039590 | ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Transmitting information using a preamble of a Random Access Channel (RACH) in an Evolved Universal mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) is provided. A preamble transmission is used to inform a base station of specific information when a terminal uses a RACH and the base station efficiently allocates radio resources for data transmission to the terminal according to the specific information. Delay time before the terminal transmits data is reduced and unnecessary consumption of radio resources is minimized. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110039591 | TAG FREQUENCY CONTROL - A communication system comprising one or more transceiver units of a first type and one or more transceiver units of a second type capable of communicating with the transceiver units of the first type; each transceiver unit of the first type comprising: a frequency comparison unit for comparing the frequency of a signal received from a transceiver unit of the second type with a reference frequency; a feedback signal generator for generating a feedback signal dependent on the result of that comparison; and a transmitter for transmitting that signal to the transceiver unit of the second type; and each transceiver unit of the second type comprising: a local frequency reference unit on which the frequency of signals transmitted by it are dependent; and a frequency adjustment unit for receiving the feedback signal and adjusting the local frequency reference unit in dependence on the feedback signal. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110045860 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) RESOURCES - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit a downlink (DL) grant in a single control channel element (CCE) to a subscriber station in a subframe n-k while the subscriber station performs an orthogonal transmit diversity scheme using N transmit antennas (N-Tx ORT) with N being a positive integer greater than 1. The transmit path circuitry is further configured to transmit data streams to the subscriber station. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive an acknowledgement signal from the subscriber station in response to the data streams. The acknowledgement signal is carried in at least two physical uplink control channel (POOCH) resources in a subframe n. A first resource of the PUCCH resources corresponds to the control channel element used to transmit the downlink grant, and a second resource of the PUCCH resources is assigned by a mapping function. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110045861 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A PLURALITY OF TRANSPONDERS - A method for communication between a base station and a plurality of transponders, whereby a group with at least two transponders is selected by the base station from among a plurality of transponders and a first transponder is selected from the group of transponders, whereby a session to exchange data is arranged with the first transponder, and whereby the session has a starting time and an ending time, and data are exchanged with the first transponder during the session and a second transponder of the group is selected by the base station during the session with the first transponder and a session is arranged with the second transponder. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110053626 | Resource allocation apparatus and method for reducing overhead in mobile communication system - A method and apparatus change resource allocation to reduce overhead in a mobile communication system. The method of operating a base station for changing a fixed resource allocation to reduce overhead in a mobile communication system includes determining whether a plurality of fixed resource allocations collide in a fixed resource allocation period. If the fixed resource allocations collide, at least one fixed resource allocation among the plurality of fixed resource allocations is cancelled in the fixed resource allocation period and a determination is made on whether to reallocate the at least one fixed resource allocation before a next fixed resource allocation period. If the at least one fixed resource allocation is reallocated before the next fixed resource allocation period, a control message containing reallocation information changed with respect to the at least one fixed resource allocation is transmitted to a corresponding mobile station. Accordingly, a location of an allocation resource region based on a fixed resource allocation can be effectively changed by using minimum control information. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110053627 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT INDICATION OF DISTRIBUTED SUB-BAND RESOURCES - A resource allocation message includes a resource allocation field. The resource allocation field includes a first field that includes either a first sub-field or a first sub-field and a second sub-field with the first sub-field configured to hold a first value that indicates two or more logical indices and the second sub-field configured to hold a third value. Each of the logical indices is associated with a sub-band pair of resource units. The sub-band pair of resource units includes either a first sub-band resource unit or a first sub-band resource unit and a second sub-band resource unit. The resource allocation field also includes a second field configured to hold a second value that indicates, either alone or in combination with the third value, a first sub-band resource unit or a second sub-band resource unit for each of the sub-band pair of resource units indicated by the first field. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110053628 | SERVICE PROVIDING SYSTEM AND METHOD IN SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A service providing method in a satellite communication system includes: confirming positions of terminals when the terminals existing within a service area and intended to receive a service is connected to a satellite base station or a complementary terrestrial component; confirming first terminals, which communicate with the satellite base station, and second terminals, which communicate with the complementary terrestrial component, according to the positions of the terminals; allocating resources usable when communicating with the first terminals and resources usable when communicating with the second terminals; and providing a service to the terminals by using the allocated resources through multi-beams of the satellite base station and multi-beams of the complementary terrestrial component. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110053629 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, ANTENNA DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus that communicates with a terminal device includes an acquiring unit that acquires propagation quality between the base station apparatus and the terminal device and propagation quality between the base station apparatus and an antenna device provided forward of the terminal device; and a scheduler unit that allocates wireless resources for communication with the terminal device, based on the propagation qualities acquired by the acquiring unit. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110053630 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO APPARATUS USING THE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control unit allocates sequentially a channel for use in data transmission and a channel for use in channel estimation used to acquire channel characteristics between a radio apparatus and another radio apparatus to be communicated with, to the another radio apparatus. A radio unit to an IF unit communicate with the another radio unit through the sequentially allocated data transmission channels, respectively. An acquisition unit acquires the traveling speed of the another radio apparatus in communication with the radio apparatus. A decision unit varies the frequency at which the channel for use in channel estimation is allocated, based on the traveling speed acquired. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110059761 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION USING CARRIER SWITCHING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CARRIER - There is provided a method for transmitting data by a base station (BS) in a multicast broadcast service (MBS) supporting multiple carriers in a wireless communication system. The method comprises receiving a switching request message indicating an E-MBS service requested by a mobile station (MS), from the MS, transmitting a switching response message including information regarding a switching start time among a plurality of carriers set in the MS and transmitting data regarding an E-MBS service requested by the MS to the MS through a primary carrier, starting from the switching start time. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110065468 | LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED TRANSMISSION - The available transmission resources on a downlink-shared channel are divided into resource blocks, each resource block comprising a predetermined number of sub-carriers during a predetermined time period. The resource blocks are subdivided into localized resource blocks and distributed resource blocks. A user requiring sufficient resources can be allocated a plurality of said localized resource blocks. A user who would require only a small number of said localized resource blocks can instead be allocated subunits of a plurality of said distributed resource blocks. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110065469 | DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - In one possible embodiment, a wireless network with dynamic transmission control is provided that includes a multiple of nodes. The nodes include an arbiter and multiple client nodes. The arbiter is configured to control an operation of the client nodes by defining communications operation cycles and allocating a bandwidth to each of the client nodes on a cycle by cycle basis in response to requests for bandwidth from the client nodes. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110065470 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR FACILITATING INITIATION OF CHANNEL ALLOCATION TO COMMUNICATE DATA IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatus ( | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110065471 | METHOD AND APPARATUS RELATING TO SPECTRUM SENSING - The invention presents methods and corresponding devices for improving cooperative spectrum initiating sensing. A device ( | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110070911 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC AND CONFIGURATION BASED FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE FOR UNEVEN LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS - Fractional frequency reuse systems and methods for assigning physical resource units of an available frequency band to sectors of cells are disclosed. In particular, the systems and methods permit adaptation of frequency configuration partitions to mobile station or throughput distribution within cells while at the same time ensuring mitigation of interference between neighboring sectors of different cells. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110070912 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING FREQUENCY BASED ON CLASSIFICATION OF FREQUENCY SET IN ENVIRONMENT WHERE INCUMBENT SYSTEM EXISTS - Provided is a method and apparatus for sharing a frequency in an environment where an incumbent system exists. In a frequency environment where the incumbent system exists, a frequency resource management may be smoothly performed using a plurality of frequency sets classified based on a utilization state of each sub-frequency resource. When a frequency sharing system using the same radio access technology (RAT) as a frequency sharing system to be assigned with a frequency resource exists, it is possible to reduce overhead for frequency sharing by priorly assigning a corresponding frequency resource to to the frequency sharing system to be assigned with the frequency resource. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110070913 | Method and System for a Range Reduction Scheme for User Selection in a Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Various aspects of a method and a system for a range reduction scheme for user selection in a multiuser MIMO downlink transmission are presented. Aspects of a system for range reduction may comprise a range reduction processor that determines a plurality of channel measurements corresponding to a plurality of signals. The range reduction processor may compute a plurality of channel capacities based on the channel measurements corresponding to a subset of the plurality of signals having channel gain that is greater than a remaining portion of the plurality of signals. Aspects of a method may comprise determining a plurality of channel measurements corresponding to a plurality of signals, and computing a plurality of channel capacities based on said channel measurements corresponding to a subset of the plurality of signals having a channel gain that is greater than a remaining portion of the plurality of signals. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110077041 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR USER SCHEDULING AND MANAGING TRANSMIT POWER IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user scheduling and transmission power controlling method in a hierarchical-cell communication system or a multi-cell communication system, and a device to perform the methods, are provided. Interference may occur between various cells in the hierarchical-cell communication system or the multi-cell communication system, and the interference may be controlled by adjusting transmission power of various cells. The various cells may determine an optimal transmission power based on a cost of a corresponding transmission power. Also, the various cells may serve various users and may propose an optimal user scheduling method. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110081931 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING A HANDOVER OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal apparatus includes a wireless communicator for communicating with a first wireless base station and a second wireless base station; and a controller. The controller measures a first signal quality and a second signal quality, the first signal quality being signal quality of a signal from the first wireless base station which is communicated with the communicator, the second signal quality being a signal quality of a signal received by the communicator from the second wireless base station, and executes a handover from the first wireless base station to the second wireless base station by controlling the communicator when the first signal quality is lower than the second signal quality and an integration value, along the time axis, of a difference between the first and the second signal qualities is more than a predetermined value. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110081932 | PUCCH Resource Allocation for Carrier Aggregation in LTE-Advanced - The invention is a method and apparatus for signaling uplink control information in a mobile communication network using carrier aggregation. The signaling mechanism allows the transmission, on a single uplink component carrier, of control information associated with a downlink transmission on multiple aggregated downlink component carriers. Semi-statically reserved resources for the transmission of control information on the uplink component carrier may be dynamically shared by user terminals that are assigned multiple downlink component carriers for downlink transmissions. Implicit or explicit resource indication can be used in combination with dynamic resource indication. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110081933 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are apparatuses and methods for signal transmission/reception between a user equipment (UE) and a base station (BS) or cell in a wireless communication system in which a position of a US may be determined by identifying according to a positioning reference signal (PRS) pattern. By a method of transmitting PRSs using a more effective and efficient muting method, it is possible to reduce interference between multiple base stations that simultaneously transmit a same PRS pattern. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110086659 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are apparatuses and methods for transmitting and receiving control information, such as downlink assignment and uplink grant, to each CC through a DCI format of a PDCCH in a wireless communication system using a plurality of CCs. Exemplary embodiments include configuration and transmission of a CC indicator for the DCI format, in order to identify a CC to which the control information transferred by each DCI format corresponds from among the CCs. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110086660 | CONTROL OF COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS BASED ON PREDICTED TRANSMISSION ARRIVAL TIME - A system and method for optimizing medium utilization with coexisting wireless networks is described herein. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes a first wireless transceiver, a second wireless transceiver, and logic configured to determine which of the first and second wireless transceivers is enabled at a given time. The first wireless transceiver is configured for operation with a first wireless network. The second wireless transceiver is configured for operation with a second wireless network coexisting with the first wireless network. The logic is further configured to predict an arrival time of a transmission from a different device and to enable the second wireless transceiver based on the predicted arrival time. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110092238 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION - In a wireless communication system having a plurality of base stations and a control station controlling the plurality of base stations, the control station allocates, to the plurality of base stations, antenna patterns associated with directivity patterns for each of a plurality of frequency bands that can be utilized by the respective base stations and if it transmits, to respective ones of the plurality of base stations, parameters for associating the allocated antenna patterns with directivity patterns for each of the plurality of frequency bands; and the plurality of base stations associate the directivity patterns with the plurality of frequency bands on the basis of the parameters received from the control station and, in accordance with the associated directivity patterns, transmit signals to the antenna and receive signals from the antenna. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110092239 | APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES OF BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR MANAGING THE SAME - A method for managing radio resources of a base station is provided. The method includes evaluating a radio environment between a base station and at least one neighboring base station or a radio environment between the base station and terminals connected to the base station, if the evaluated radio environment does not meet predetermined criteria, selecting a new radio resource, deactivating the existing radio resource, and reactivating the new radio resource. Accordingly, the radio resources can be efficiently managed. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110092240 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile station apparatus and a communication system that realize an efficient transmission control for a base station apparatus to allocate resources of the PUSCH with appropriate AMC mode in accordance with the channel feedback report and the scheduling request from the mobile station apparatus, and also enable rapid transmission of the uplink data (enable rapid transmission of the UL-SCH) when the mobile station apparatus transmits only the channel feedback report. A mobile station apparatus | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110092241 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus includes a transmit diversity setting unit configured to set a transmit diversity mode to be applied to a user equipment terminal; a reception quality calculating unit configured to determine reception quality corresponding to the transmit diversity mode based on the transmit diversity mode set by the transmit diversity setting unit; a scheduling unit configured to determine a user equipment terminal to which a radio resource is to be allocated based on the reception quality determined by the reception quality calculating unit; and a notifying unit configured to notify the user equipment terminal to which the radio resource is allocated as determined by the scheduling unit of the transmit diversity mode to be applied. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110092242 | Signalling Resource Allocation in a Telecommunications Newtork - The present invention provides a method, a radio base station ( | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110098071 | Method for Releasing Resources Allocated by Persistent Scheduling - A method for releasing resources allocated by persistent scheduling is described. A base station (BS) inserts a persistent allocation release indication message into a control channel, wherein the persistent allocation release indication message includes at least one resource index indicating persistent allocation resources to a mobile station (MS), broadcasts the control channel, and releases the persistent allocation resources corresponding to the resource index. Since a release message for persistent allocation, a channel quality indicator channel, feedback polling allocation, etc. is inserted for transmission into a control channel which can be received by all MSs, overhead which occurs during resource release can be minimized irrespective of transmission rates varying with MSs. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110098072 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - For cooperative transmission in a broadband wireless communication system, an apparatus and operating method of a Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a cooperative transmission REQuest (REQ) message which includes at least one of information designating a cooperative Mobile Station (MS), a pilot pattern of the cooperative MS, a variable determining a permutation pattern, and an orthogonal code of the cooperative MS, from a control station, allocating a resource of a predefined Coordinated MultiPoint transmit/receive (CoMP) zone occupying part of a frame, to at least one cooperative MS designated by the cooperative transmission REQ message, and communicating with the at least one cooperative MS according a cooperative transmission scheme using the resource of the CoMP zone. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110098073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECOVERING ESTIMATED VELOCITY OF MOBILE STATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for recovering an estimated velocity of a mobile station in a communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a searcher for determining a Doppler shift value representing the estimated velocity of the mobile station by using a channel impulse response of a preamble signal received at a regular interval of time, a detector for determining a reference Doppler value for compensating the Doppler shift value by using correlation ratios between channel values of symbols to which data for the mobile station are allocated according to subcarriers in a data allocation field of a frame including the preamble signal, and a compensator for determining a compensated Doppler shift value by using the reference Doppler value to compensate the Doppler shift value for a folding value, wherein the folding value represents a difference between the estimated velocity and a true velocity of the mobile station. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110098074 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING FIRST USER EQUIPMENT THAT USES SINGLE FREQUENCY BAND AND SECOND USER EQUIPMENT THAT USES PLURALITY OF FREQUENCY BANDS - A method for wireless communication between user equipments (UEs) and a base station in a wireless communication system that supports a first UE using a single band and a second UE using multiple bands is provided. In the method, UE receives, from the base station, resource allocation information including information regarding a downlink component carrier (CC) and an uplink CC allocated to the UE, receives the allocated downlink CC, and transmits the allocated uplink CC by applying a cell ID thereto. The allocated downlink CC is one of downlink CCs to which different cell IDs are applied, pairs of CCs are predefined by associating uplink CCs respectively with downlink CCs in order to support the first UE. When the allocated downlink and uplink CCs do not belong to the pairs of CCs, the applied cell ID is a cell ID of a downlink CC that is paired with the allocated uplink CC in the predefined pairs of CCs. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110105168 | METHOD OF CONTROL SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) to control the three of four and one of four slow associated control channel (SACCH) pattern on an Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials (APCO) Project 25 (P25) trunked voice channel is provided. Knowledge of this pattern by both the FNE and radio allows for unique information to be signaled in each type of SACCH. According to some embodiments, an operation enables controlling the floor (inbound) while there is an independent outbound (floor) (e.g. Console takeover). The provided operation also allows each radio to differentiate inbound floor control signaling from outbound caller identification (ID). Having the infrastructure control the inbound SACCH pattern and communicate this to all radios, makes the correct detection of the transmitted pattern from the radio more reliable. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110105169 | Wireless/Laser Registration Method and System - Registration is required for all vehicles, equipment, appliances, conferences, events, etc. The proposed concept is to provide each unit described as a vehicle, equipment, appliance, vessel, train, lifeguard station etc., that requires registration, with a wireless device that can display pertinent information (technical and operational data) and personal details such as, registration month and year, car vehicle identification number, license plate number, owners name and address etc. This device operates similar to a wireless mobile phone or an onboard vehicle global positioning system (GPS) and can be managed from a central location. Such a system can also be used for multiple other events such as—vehicle or trade shows, outdoor events, conferences, animal tags etc. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110105170 | Grouping User Terminals into Different Coordination Scheme Groups - In a radio network in which multiple base stations can communicate with multiple user terminals in a coordinated way, user terminals may be grouped into groups, each group representing a coordination scheme to be used for user terminals in the group. The groups may be chosen, for example, according to path loss or QoS requirements Preferably there are three groups requiring no coordination, multiuser coherent coordination and single user coherent coordination respectively. Grouping may be done dynamically according to one or more of the following factors: —the terminal's signalling overhead —the affordable processing complexity —the traffic load —the radio conditions. The grouping unit may be placed in one or more base stations or in any other suitable unit in the network. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110111783 | FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE DEPLOYMENT METHOD FOR WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless communications system is described, which comprises a plurality of base stations and a plurality of subscriber devices. Each of the base stations comprises at least one antenna for communicating with respective subscriber devices currently located within a geographical area of a wireless cell served by a respective base station, and wherein: the geographical area of the wireless cell comprises a geographical central area and a geographical edge area; more than a third of all transmission resources available to the serving base station are available for communicating with the subscriber devices located within the geographical edge area of the wireless cell; and at least one of the transmission resources available for communicating with each of the subscriber devices currently located within the geographical edge area of the wireless cell is other than any of the transmission resources available for communicating with subscriber devices currently located within geographical edge areas of wireless cells each having a geographical edge area that is geographically adjacent to the geographical edge area of the wireless cell at which the subscriber device is located. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110111784 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating uplink resources in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises generating a first message which has a preamble and adaptively further includes resource request information based on a communication state with a base station and transmitting the first message to the base station. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110117943 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system includes dividing the overall frequency band into a plurality of frequency blocks including at least one subcarrier in a frequency domain, and allocating an allocation unit including some of the plurality of frequency blocks to a user equipment (ITE), wherein the allocation unit is any one of a localized allocation unit including frequency blocks contiguous in the frequency domain and a distributed allocation unit including frequency blocks distributed in the frequency domain. Allocation schemes of subcarriers are freely used suitably according to channel environments of users, the scheduling effect of radio resources can be enhanced. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110117944 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TASK-LEVEL ACCESS ARBITRATION BETWEEN VIRTUAL MODEMS IN A MULTI-SIM MULTI-STANDBY COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A multiple-subscriber identity module (multi-SIM) multi-standby communication device comprises a single radio resource unit shared by a plurality of virtual modems (VMs), each uniquely associated with a single one of a plurality of SIM cards. The access to radio resources in the single radio resource unit is controlled for each VM task via a virtual modem controller (VMC). Upon receiving requests for tasks to access radio resources in the single radio resource unit, the VMC arbitrates the access based on task priority information, current activities associated with one or more of the plurality of VMs, and the radio resources available in the single radio resource unit. The access may be immediately accepted, accepted with a delay or rejected. With an immediate access, current activities may be suspended and then resumed once radio resources become available. With a delayed access, the VMC determines what time instants the access may be accepted. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110117945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN WIRELESS NETWORK USING DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA - A method and apparatus for allocating a resource in a wireless network using a directional antenna is provided. The method and apparatus for allocating a resource in a wireless network using a directional antenna may spatially reuse resources using the directional antenna, allocate resources to enable a maximum number of groups to be transmitted in a given time or to enable a group including a number of links to be transmitted first, and thereby may reduce communication delay and increase throughput. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110117946 | LOAD RE-DISTRIBUTION WITH COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK CONTROL - Certain embodiments include methods, an apparatus, a system, and computer programs for load re-distribution of subscribers for a CN node in a pool-area. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110117947 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station includes: a measurement unit which measures a resource use amount in each time frame within predetermined period; a downlink persistent allocation signal transmission unit which transmits to a mobile station, a persistent allocation signal indicating a downlink radio resource allocation start moment; and a downlink communication unit which transmit downlink data using downlink radio resource starting at the downlink radio resource allocation start moment. The downlink persistent allocation signal transmission unit decides the downlink radio resource allocation start moment in accordance with a resource use amount in each time frame. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110117948 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station includes: a measurement unit which measures a resource use amount in each time frame within predetermined period; a downlink persistent allocation signal transmission unit which transmits to a mobile station, a persistent allocation signal indicating a radio resource allocation start moment; and a uplink communication unit which receive uplink data using uplink radio resource starting at the radio resource allocation start moment. The downlink persistent allocation signal transmission unit decides the radio resource allocation start moment in accordance with a resource use amount in each time frame. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110124360 | Methods and Arrangements in a Mobile Telecommunications Network - The present invention relates to method and arrangements for using an identifier of a predefined type, e.g. an RNTI identifying one configuration on an out-band control channel for activating the configuration identifiable by that identifier. The identifier is sent from the network to the UE, when a configuration corresponding to that identifier is to be activated. This implies that both the UE and the radio base station comprise a mapping between each configuration and the corresponding identity of each configuration. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110124361 | METHOD OF ACCOMMODATING RADIO BASE STATIONS AND NETWORK APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method of accommodating radio base stations, comprising: step A in which a network apparatus manages a set of parameters including at least a single parameter value in each group area; step B in which, when the position of arrangement of a radio base station has been determined, the network apparatus selects one set of parameters from the set of parameters for the group area including the arrangement position of the radio base station and allocates this set to the radio base station; and step C in which, after the radio base station has been connected with the network apparatus, an operation is conducted using a parameter value included in the parameter set that has been allocated. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110136526 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING MULTICAST CONNECTION INDETIFIER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A base station for allocating an MCID includes: a first transmitting/receiving unit to exchange data with a content distribution network and to extract header information; a combining unit to construct the data on a frame basis; a second transmitting/receiving unit to exchange the frame with a subscriber terminal receiving the constructed frame and to receive a Multicast and Broadcast Service (MBS) channel connection request message; a first analyzing unit to extract attribute information of the data by analyzing the extracted header information and to analyze the type of the data; a second analyzing unit to extract channel information by analyzing the MBS channel connection request message; and a control unit to exchange an MBS burst reservation message with the content distribution network, to reserve/allocate an MBS burst region, to allocate an MCID to the data, and to manage the registration state of an MBS channel corresponding to the MCID. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110136527 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN A CELLULAR NETWORK WITH A SURPLUS OF TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method for controlling the transmission power of a terminal in a cellular telecommunications network, in which the number of transmission resources is greater than the number of users is disclosed. In one aspect, the number of additional transmission resources necessary for the communication of the user if a modulation and coding scheme with minimal spectral efficiency is used, and whether these resources are available, are determined, they are allocated to the user, and the transmission power of the terminal is set to the transmission power enabling the required quality of service to be obtained by using the predetermined modulation and coding scheme. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110136528 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST METHOD - A communication terminal apparatus requests resource allocation to a communication control apparatus without allocating any dedicated resource for resource request. The communication terminal apparatus is applied to a wireless communication system in which the communication control apparatus allocates resources used when a communication terminal apparatus | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110136529 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method of selecting a communications node for allocation to a user communications device. The method comprises selecting the communications node from a plurality of communications nodes of a communications network. The method further comprising performing a calculation to determine a selection value, which calculation includes as input data at least one of first identifier data identifying selection equipment configured to select a communications node from a plurality of communications nodes, and second identifier data identifying a radio cell with which the user communications device is associated. The method also comprises using the selection value in selecting the communications node. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110143797 | METHOD FOR FACILITATING TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for facilitating transmission of data in a communication system is provided herein. In operation, a base radio of a plurality of base radios combines status information corresponding to a plurality of inbound frequencies and transmits the combined status information on a single outbound radio frequency. Further, each of the plurality of inbound radio frequencies corresponds to one of the plurality of base radios. Then, one or more radio terminals monitor the single outbound radio frequency to receive the combined status information, determine at least one available inbound radio frequency from the plurality of inbound radio frequencies based on the received combined status information, selects an inbound radio frequency of the at least one available inbound frequency, and transmitting the data using the selected inbound radio frequency to the corresponding base radio. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110143798 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARING FREQUENCY - An apparatus and method for sharing a frequency are provided. A cognitive wireless communication device having a minimum ROI may be selected from among a plurality of cognitive wireless communication devices, and an idle frequency of a primary system may be allocated to the selected cognitive wireless communication device, thereby increasing an opportunistic utilization efficiency of the idle frequency. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110143799 | Method and Apparatus for Scheduling Information - A method for scheduling information includes receiving modulated first pilot information at a base station (BS). A power carried in the modulated first pilot information is obtained according to the modulated first pilot information. The BS schedules uplink or downlink information for a terminal according to the power carried in the modulated first pilot information. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110143800 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR A TERMINAL USING FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE SCHEME - A method for transmitting a signal from a mobile station of a multi-cell environment comprises being allocated with a specific frequency partition from a base station depending on a fractional frequency reuse scheme; receiving modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level information on the specific frequency partition or a specific resource region within the specific frequency partition from the base station; controlling transmit power corresponding to the MCS level depending on a location of the mobile station within a cell, if the specific frequency partition is a frequency partition shared with a mobile station located at an edge region of a neighboring cell; and transmitting a signal to the base station at the controlled transmit power. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110151910 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR PHYSICAL CHANNEL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resources for physical channels in a mobile communication system are disclosed. An apparatus for allocating resources, the apparatus comprising: An address generation unit allocating spare resources to a physical channel with reference to resource allocation information stored in a monitoring unit, and generating an address value of a frame generation unit corresponding to frequency and symbol index values of the allocated resources; the frame generation unit storing data to be transmitted via the physical channel in the generated address value to generate subframe data; and the monitoring unit storing an address value corresponding to the physical channel generated by the address generation unit. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110151911 | MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A data transmission method of a Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS) system is provided. The data transmission method includes scheduling multimedia data including a plurality of sub-frames to be transmitted for each of a plurality of scheduling intervals, generating scheduling information, and transmitting, in advance, the scheduling information to a terminal, so that the terminal may selectively receive a plurality of sub-frames corresponding to a first scheduling interval, based on the scheduling information. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110151912 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication method in which a base station and a wireless terminal communicate, including: an operation at which a first and a second base station transmit, for each beam area, a pilot signal including identification information to identify the base station and the beam area, in a beam pattern; an operation at which the wireless terminal obtains received power of each pilot signal; an operation at which the wireless terminal causes one of the beam areas of the first base station to be a desired wave beam area, and determines two data rates for requiring to the base station: one of the data rates being a first data rate used in a case that interference from the second base station is relatively high and another of the data rates being a second data rate used in a case that the interference from the second base station is relatively low. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110151913 | Fine-Grain and Backward-Compliant Resource Allocation - There is provided fine-grain and backward-compliant resource allocation, including allocating, to a control channel, one of a first plurality of bandwidths being standardized for a first radio access standard, and allocating, to a data channel, one of a second plurality of bandwidths being standardized for a second radio access standard, the second bandwidths plurality exceeding the first bandwidths plurality in terms of at least one of granularity and range. The thus disclosed resource allocation may exemplarily be applied on a downlink. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110151914 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING AND HANDLING UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK - The present invention proposes new method(s) and apparatus(es) used for request and allocation of uplink transmission resource in wireless access network, which enables the mobile terminal to use non-contention resources closely spaced on time domain to trigger or adjust reallocation of uplink resource, so that quick response of the base station to the resource allocation request of a mobile terminal is effectively realized, and the demand of delay sensitive service is satisfied. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110159904 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR FRAME TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - Provided are a user equipment, a frame transmission and reception method using a radio resource of the user equipment, and a frame transmission method using a radio resource of a base station. If an application is generated, a radio resource allocation may be requested. In response to the request, a data radio resource for a data frame and a separate control radio resource for a control frame may be allocated. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110159905 | PAGING CARRIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD, MULTI-CARRIER BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A carrier assignment method, a multi-carrier base station and a wireless communication device using the same are proposed. The carrier assignment method is adapted for assigning carriers in a paging group for an ABS with multi-carriers, and includes the following step. At least two paging carriers is assigned in a paging group, where all assigned carriers belonging to a paging group are in the same frequency band. Also, small but close frequency bands are grouped into a super band, where different carriers in different super bands are assigned into different paging groups. The wireless communication device determines the paging carrier index for itself by a mapping function of a mobile identification and the number of carriers. The paging message for the wireless communication device is sent only on the paging carrier corresponding to the determined paging carrier index. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110159906 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK REENTRY OF MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for network reentry of a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving allocation of a context search identifier from a network while a network entry procedure is performed, and transmitting a ranging request message including the allocated context search identifier to a Base Station (BS) when a network reentry event occurs. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110159907 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT NETWORK WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and an apparatus for sending and receiving channel state information in network Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) wireless communication systems are provided. Hybrid feedback technology is provided to transfer complete Channel State Information (CSI) to a transmitter by efficiently combining limited amounts of long-term channel information and short-term channel information are in a down link MIMO network system. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110159908 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL QUALITY MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTED IN A WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO PRIORITIZE THE FORWARDING OF DOWNLINK DATA - A wireless digital communication system includes a base station in communication with a plurality of user equipment mobile terminals (UEs). The system prioritizes the forwarding of blocks of downlink data to designated ones of the UEs. The system employs adaptive modulation and coding (AM&C) to achieve improved radio resource utilization and provides optimum data rates for user services. Blocks of downlink (DL) data are received by the base station which requests downlink (DL) channel quality measurements only from those mobile terminals (UEs) with pending downlink transmissions. The UEs respond to the request by measuring and reporting DL channel quality to the base station, which then allocates resources such that the UEs will make best use of radio resources. The base station notifies the UEs of the physical channel allocation indicating the modulation/coding rate and allocated slots followed by transmission of blocks of downlink data which are transmitted to the UEs. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110165903 | Coordinated Transmission for Secondary Usage - The present invention relates to a method and a secondary user enabling secondary usage of radio resources owned by a primary party. The present invention also relates to a primary party and a broker. The secondary user is adapted to obtain radio resource allocation information transmitted from the primary party. It is further adapted to identify radio resources available for secondary usage based upon the radio resource allocation information. It is finally adapted to engage in communication over at least part of the radio resources identified as available for secondary usage. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110165904 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA OF MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for transmitting data in a communication system supporting multi-carriers determines the priority of the multi-carriers and transmits information on the priority to a terminal. Thereafter, the transmitting apparatus allocates data to the multi-carriers in accordance with the priority and transmits the allocated data to a data receiving apparatus, and the data receiving apparatus receives data to be transmitted from the data transmitting apparatus in accordance with information on the priority. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110171984 | RADIO BASE STATION MONITORING METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE - A radio base station monitoring method includes (A) a first radio base station detecting a second radio base station having newly detected a common control channel and a second radio base station having stopped detecting the common control channel as second radio base stations with a change, (B) the first radio base station notifying a network device of information about the second radio base stations with a change, and (C) the network device using information about second radio base stations associated with the first radio base station and the information about the second radio base stations with a change, which has been notified, to stop the operation of at least one of the first radio base station or the second radio base stations. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110171985 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENABLING LOW LATENCY TRANSMISSIONS IN THE UPLINK OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit signals in response to the reception of a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format transmitted from a base station of a communication system. The DCI format may provide only the frequency resources for the transmission of signals by the UE, while other parameters associated with the transmission of signals by the UE may be either predetermined or known to the UE through other signaling from the base station. The frequency resources used for the transmission of signals by the UE may be a sub-set of the frequency resources indicated by the DCI format and the determination of this sub-set by the UE may be either deterministic or pseudo-random. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110171986 | Communications Systems and Methods Including Emission Detection - A system for communications on an extraterrestrial body may include a space-based component and an ancillary extraterrestrial component on the extraterrestrial body. The space-based component may be configured to provide wireless communications with a plurality of radioterminals located on the extraterrestrial body over a satellite frequency band wherein the space-based component includes at least one satellite orbiting the extraterrestrial body. The ancillary extraterrestrial component may be configured to provide wireless communications with the plurality of radioterminals located on the extraterrestrial body. Moreover, the ancillary extraterrestrial component may reuse at least one satellite frequency of the satellite frequency band, and the space-based component and the ancillary extraterrestrial component may be configured to relay communications therebetween. Related methods are also discussed. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110183697 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To optimize transmission periods corresponding to kinds of feedback information, and minimize a reduction in system throughput caused by disagreement of the transmission period with the optimal period, by setting transmission frequencies individually with flexibility corresponding to the kinds of feedback information for a mobile station apparatus to transmit to a base station apparatus, in a wireless communication system in which a mobile station apparatus B measures reception quality of a signal received from a base station apparatus A, and transmits feedback information generated based on the reception quality to the base station apparatus A, the base station apparatus A allocates resources of transmission timing corresponding to the kinds of feedback information, and the mobile station apparatus B transmits a plurality of kinds of feedback information to the base station apparatus using the allocated resources. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110183698 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR REUSE OF RADIO RESOURCES IN MEDICAL TELEMETRY NETWORKS - Methods and systems and computer program products for reusing radio resources in a medical telemetry networks are provided. The method receives at a server, traffic information for a plurality of mobile transceivers, from a plurality of distributed receivers. The method identifies time slot assignments and frequency channel assignments of the plurality of mobile transceivers based on traffic information. The method then updates one or more time slot assignments and/or one or more frequency channel assignments based, at least in part, on traffic information. Finally, the method broadcasts updated instances of the time slot assignments and updated instances of frequency channel assignments. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110183699 | Wireless bus for intra-chip and inter-chip communication, including resource borrowing embodiments - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a wireless resource borrowing environment enabled by a wireless bus comprising a plurality of wireless-enabled components (WECs). In an embodiment, the WECs use the wireless bus to share resource information (including resource availability information) among each others. For example, a WEC may share with other WECs information regarding its processing and memory resources. The WEC may then use the shared resource information to identify resources at other WECs that it may borrow to perform certain tasks. In an embodiment, resource borrowing is performed according to a cost-based method which optimizes resource borrowing according to a cost function. The cost function may be designed to optimize resource borrowing according to any combination of one or more factors, including power consumption, processing speed, delay, interference, error rate, reliability, load at the lender WEC, computing capability at the lender WEC, etc. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110183700 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110183701 | TIMING ADJUSTMENT METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A timing adjustment method in a mobile communication system having a user equipment and a base station, that performs transmission processing based on transmission timing adjustment information in the user equipment and allocates a plurality of parameters related to a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmission processing, between the user equipment and the base station. Additionally, if a valid term of first transmission timing adjustment information expires before transmission processing of a signal including identification information of the user equipment is performed during connection processing while the user equipment is performing the connection processing to the base station based on the first transmission timing adjustment information, aborting the connection processing and releasing at least one of the allocated plurality of parameters related to the PUCCH resource. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110190017 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL AND POWER IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for allocating a channel and power by a Base Station (BS) in a communication system are provided. The method includes, performing one of a first scheduling, which uses inter-cell cooperation information received from at least one neighboring BS and a data rate received from each User Equipment (UE), and a second scheduling, which uses both an average data rate for each subchannel computed by accumulating the data rates for a preset time period and the inter-cell cooperation information, selecting a UE to be allocated each subchannel in each subframe based on results of the performed scheduling, computing a power metric for each of the selected UE and a non-selected UE by using the inter-cell cooperation information, the average data rate, an amount of performance change of the selected UE, and the results of the performed scheduling; and allocating power to all UEs including the selected UE and the non-selected UE by preset subframe periods by using the computed power metric. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110190018 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A DISTRIBUTED ARCHTECTURE DIGITAL WIRELESS COMMUNCIATION SYSTEM - A communication system supports H-ARQ, AMC, active set handoff, and scheduling functions in a distributed fashion by allowing a mobile station (MS) to signal control information corresponding to an enhanced reverse link transmission to Active Set base transceiver stations (BTSs) and by allowing the BTSs to perform control functions that were supported by an RNC in the prior art. The communication system allows time and SIR-based H-ARQ flush functions at the BTSs during soft handoff (SHO), provides an efficient control channel structure to support scheduling, H-ARQ, AMC functions for an enhanced reverse link, or uplink, channel in order to maximize throughput, and enables an MS in a SHO region to choose a scheduling assignment corresponding to a best TFRI out of multiple assignments it receives from multiple active set BTS. As a result, the enhanced uplink channel can be scheduled during SHO without any explicit communication between the BTSs. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110195732 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE - The present invention relates to a method for providing control information in a mobile communication system. More specifically, the invention relates to a method for providing control information through a network in mobile communication. The method comprises: a step for configuring the information associated with plural frequency resource groups and the power levels thereof in the control information of preset data format, wherein the plural frequency resource groups are for application of FFR (Fractional Frequency Reuse), and a step for transmitting the control information to at least one terminal. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110195733 | Apparatus and Method for Resource Allocation in Wireless Communications - A method for a base station to allocate resources to a mobile station, the resources being included in one or more subbands each including a plurality of resource units, the method including: allocating a part of a first one of the subbands to the mobile station, the part including one or more resource units in the first one of the subbands; and indicating to the mobile station the allocated part of the first one of the subbands by indicating a resource allocation pattern corresponding to the allocated part of the first one of the subbands. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110195734 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENABLING UPLINK BEAMFORMING TRANSIT DIVERSITY CHANNEL ESTIMATION - A method and apparatus for enabling uplink beamforming transmit diversity channel estimation is provided. The method may include receiving a primary pilot channel and a secondary pilot channel, deriving two or more composite channels from the received primary and secondary pilot channels, deriving two or more physical channels from the derived two or more composite channels, and synthesizing a composite channel estimate for a dominant virtual antenna from the two or more derived physical channels and a beamforming weight vector. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110195735 | Multiple Power Control Parameter Sets for Wireless Uplink Data Transmission - It is described a method for controlling the transmission power for a network element being connected to a base station of a cellular telecommunication network via an uplink wireless data connection. The method including providing a first set (set | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110195736 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING APPARATUS - A transmitting apparatus selects any one of areas included in a transmission area of a first signal used for a first process, and transmits the first signal by using the selected area. The area is selected according to a type of information to be transmitted among a plurality of types of information capable of being transmitted to a receiving apparatus. The receiving apparatus receives the first signal transmitted by the transmitting apparatus, and performs a second process by using information according to the area in which the first signal is received. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110195737 | BASE STATION DEVICE, GATEWAY DEVICE, CALL CONNECTING METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system capable of normally connecting a call without degrading the security level in a mobile terminal network, even in cases when a call addressed to a set of user equipment (UE) arrives via the Internet or a home network. In ST | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110201370 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA OVER CARRIER COMPONENT IN A MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a multi-carrier mobile communication system are provided, in which a Mobile Station (MS) reports to a Base Station (BS) a number of Carrier Components (CCs) over which the MS can simultaneously receive data, receives from the BS monitoring CC set information indicating as many monitoring CCs as the reported number of CCs or fewer monitoring CCs than the reported number of CCs, and receives data based on the monitoring CCs indicated by the monitoring CC set information from the BS. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110201371 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COMP - A method for transmitting a signal to a UE by a BS in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes determining a signal transmission scheme for transmitting a signal to the UE, dividing a basic resource allocation unit, if the signal transmission scheme is CoMP transmission, allocating transmission resources to the UE using the divided basic resource allocation unit, and transmitting the signal to the UE through the allocated transmission resources. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110201372 | Spectrum Sharing - The invention provides methods, a network device and radio station for spectrum resource allocation in a network employing spectrum sharing among at least a primary and secondary system, including scanning, by a network device of the secondary system, a specific frequency range of a candidate band of the primary system, estimating, by the network device, interference level on the scanned candidate band of the primary system, determining position of the network device, and transmitting the estimation result to a radio station of the secondary system. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110207488 | Bandwidth and channel notification for wide-channel wireless communication - In a wireless communications network in which a device may simultaneously use multiple 20 MHz channels for communicating with another network device, various embodiments of the invention provide a way for a network controller to indicate to a mobile device which combinations of those channels the mobile device is permitted for use in subsequent communications involving the mobile device, and may also provide a way to specify which of those permitted channels are actually being used in those subsequent communications. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207489 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPPORTUNISTIC COMMUNICATION SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING MOTION INFORMATION - A method, wireless communication device, and computer program product are provided for scheduling wireless communication between a base station and one or more mobile wireless communication devices. Signals indicative of motion are obtained and utilized to facilitate scheduling operations. In some embodiments, signals indicative of motion are used in estimation or prediction of variable conditions of the common radio medium, and scheduling, such as opportunistic scheduling, is performed based at least in part on the estimates or predictions. Signals indicative of motion may be obtained from GPS data, accelerometer data or other data generated at a mobile wireless communication device. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207490 | Methods for Coordinating Radio Activities of Different Radio Access Technologies and Apparatuses Utilizing the Same - An apparatus for coordinating radio activities of different radio access technologies (RATs) includes a first RAT module, a second RAT module and an arbiter. The first RAT module receives and transmits radio frequency (RF) signals from and to a first cellular network through an antenna, and synchronizes transceiving timings with the first cellular network using a first clock. The second RAT module receives and transmits RF signals from and to a second cellular network through the antenna, and synchronizes transceiving timings with the second cellular network using a second clock. The arbiter coordinates a first radio activity requested by the first RAT module and a second radio activity requested by the second RAT module to avoid radio activity collision by using a third clock. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207491 | Apparatus for and Method of Improving Multi-RAT Out-of-Service Performance - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate re-acquisition of service after an out-of-service (OOS) condition occurs. Mobile devices are equipped to retain information about the system in use just prior to the OOS condition occurring and use this information to determine the parameters of a service search. These parameters can include one or more of a determination of which radio access technologies (RATs) will be searched, the amount of time allocated to search for each RAT, and the order in which each RAT may be searched. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207492 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING FREQUENCY ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus select optimized Frequency Allocation (FA) in a mobile communication system that includes mobile base stations. A first control information is received from neighbor base stations. System capacities of the respective neighbor base stations are determined based on the first control information. The FA that maximizes a sum of the system capabilities of the respective neighbor base stations is selected. Therefore, the method has an advantage of securing maximum capacity by adaptively setting FA with consideration of radio environments of neighbor base stations during network entry of a new mobile base station or during an operation of a mobile base station. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207493 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A user apparatus to which radio access schemes that are a single-carrier scheme and a multicarrier scheme are applied, includes: a radio access scheme setting unit configured to set a radio access scheme; a discrete Fourier transform unit configured to perform discrete Fourier transform on a modulated symbol sequence when the set radio access scheme is the single-carrier scheme; a serial parallel conversion unit configured to perform serial parallel conversion on a modulated symbol sequence when the set radio access scheme is the multicarrier scheme; a frequency domain signal generation unit configured to assign a radio resource to the modulated symbol sequence on which discrete Fourier transform has been performed or to the modulated symbol sequence on which serial parallel conversion has been performed to generate a frequency domain signal; a transmission signal generation unit configured to perform inverse fast Fourier transform on the frequency domain signal to generate a transmission signal; a transmission power control unit configured to perform transmission power control according to the set radio access scheme; and an RF unit configured to convert the transmission signal to a radio frequency, and to transmit the transmission signal by performing the transmission power control. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207494 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MIMO-BASED MULTIPLE BASE STATION COLLABORATIVE COMMUNICATION - A solution for multiple base station collaborative communication in TDD (Time Division Duplex) and FDD (Frequency Division Duplex) systems is provided. To be specific, a serving base station and coordinating base station transmit detection signals with specific Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) features on one or more communication resources. The mobile station measures the detection signals on the one or more communication resources and generates indication information of the recommended collaborative communication modes based on the measurement results. Preferably the indexes of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the recommended collaborative communication modes are reported to the serving base station. Then the serving base station schedules at least one of the one or more mobile stations according to the indication information reported by the one or more stations and provides MIMO communication manner for the mobile station scheduled. The coverage of the cells is improved, the cell edge user throughput is increased and the inter-cell interference between neighboring base stations is decreased by exploiting the invention. Preferably the amount of uplink feedback information is decreased and the uplink bandwidth is saved. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207495 | Method and Arrangement in a Multi-Carrier Communication Network System - Method and arrangement in a base station for scheduling communication between the base station and a user equipment in a multi-carrier communication network system. The base station and the user equipment are comprised in the multi-carrier communication network system, and adapted to communicate with each other on downlink carriers and uplink carriers in at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band over a radio interface. The method comprises signalling an indication to the user equipment on the downlink carrier in the first frequency band, which the user equipment currently is scheduled on, to switch to a second carrier in order to communicate data and/or control signalling on the second carrier. In addition, a method and arrangement in a user equipment for assisting the base station in scheduling radio resources are described. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110207496 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN MULTIPLE CARRIER WAVE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for data transmission in a multiple carrier wave system. With respect to a carrier wave that includes a first guard band, a data band, and a second guard band on a frequency domain, at least one guard physical resource unit (guard PRU) is allocated to at least one of said first guard band and said second guard band, said guard PRU is mapped to a contiguous resource unit (CRU), and data are transmitted via the CRU to which said guard PRU is mapped. The CRU to which said guard PRU has been mapped is mapped to a contiguous logical resource unit (CLRU). The index of the CRU to which said guard PRU has been mapped and the index of the CRU to which the PRU of said data band has been mapped may be continuous. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110212743 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - Each of first radio communication devices includes; a frequency spread unit which spreads frequency of a transmitted signal to generate a frequency-spread signal; and a mapping unit which allocates the frequency-spread signal to a subcarrier according to the mapping information which specifies a subcarrier. A second radio communication device includes: a demapping unit which extracts from a received signal a signal of the subcarrier specified by the mapping information; and an inverse frequency spread unit which inverse-frequency-spreads the extracted signal. The first radio communication device or the second radio communication device includes a use subcarrier decision unit that decides a subcarrier to which the frequency-spread-signal is allocated according to a communication path capacity of each subcarrier of each antenna used for transmission by the first radio communication devices and generates mapping information used to specify the decided subcarrier. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110218004 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND ADMISSION CONTROL FOR NON-MEMBERS OF A CLOSED SUBSCRIBER GROUP IN HOME RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource management and admission control with respect to non-members of a closed subscriber group associated with femto access points. A set of parameters can be provisions to a femto access point, wherein the set of parameters specify an access mode, a maximum number of concurrent non-members, and/or a maximum amount of resources assignable to non-members. The femto access point can implement resource scheduling decisions and/or access control decisions in accordance with the set of parameters. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110218005 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL AND DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION DURING MOVEMENT OF BASE STATION - An apparatus and method perform Transmit Power Control and Dynamic Frequency Selection (TPC/DFS) during a movement of a Base Station (BS). A network environment around the mobile BS is modeled. Based on the modeling result, a TPC/DFS operation scheme that is most suitable to the mobile BS is selected. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110218006 | BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduling unit | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110223952 | DISTRIBUTED HIERARCHICAL SCHEDULING IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - An ad hoc network with distributed hierarchical scheduling is disclosed. In one aspect, stations in a network mesh detect interfering neighbor stations and form interference lists. Stations transmit their interference lists. Scheduling stations schedule allocations for child stations in response to interference lists, received remote allocations, or a combination thereof. Coordination messages are transmitted including frame structure, allocations, and interference lists, among others. In another aspect, an ad hoc mesh network may be organized into a tree topology. In an example wireless backhaul network, this matches traffic flow. Distributed, hierarchical scheduling is provided where parents schedule communication with children while respecting already scheduled transmissions to/from interferers and to/from interferers of their respective children. Procedures to construct interference constraints for distributed, hierarchical scheduling are described, resulting in efficient scheduling and reuse in an ad hoc wireless network, without centralized scheduling. Various other aspects are also disclosed. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110223953 | APPARATUS FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for direct communication in a wireless communication system and method thereof are disclosed, by which a communication is efficiently enabled with a low power. In performing a direct communication in a first terminal of a wireless communication system, the present invention includes receiving a resource allocation information on a resource allocated to the direct communication from a base station and performing the direct communication with a second terminal using the allocated resource. In this case, the allocated resource is defined in either an uplink resource region of the base station or a downlink resource region of the base station and the allocated resource is divided into a transmission region for the direct communication and a receipt region for the direct communication. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110223954 | Radio resource mapping method - A resource mapping method is provided, in which a wireless communication system maps subcarriers to resource units through external permutation and internal permutation, the external permutation comprises: performing the first permutation on n physical resource units in every N | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110230223 | Method and Base Station for Adjusting a Persistent Allocation of Resource - The present invention discloses a method and a base station for adjusting a persistent allocation of resource, wherein the method comprises: a base station sends a resource persistent allocation message to a terminal via a downlink channel, wherein the base station indicates a resource de-allocation by a resource allocation flag in the resource persistent allocation message, and indicates whether a resource hole filling is needed by the resource shifting indicator in the resource persistent allocation message, wherein under the circumstance that the resource hole filling is needed, the location of a de-allocated resource is carried in the resource persistent allocation message; and under the circumstance that no resource hole filling is needed, the identifier of the terminal is carried in the resource persistent allocation message. By using the present invention, the information such as the terminal identifier can be carried optionally by modifying the content carried in the resource persistent allocation message, so that the redundant content in the message is eliminated, the problem that the efficiency of system frequency spectrum is reduced due to the redundant content in the message is avoided, system resources are saved, and system performances are improved. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110237282 | SCALABLE CHANNEL FEEDBACK FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for reporting channel state information (CSI) based on scalable channel feedback are described. A user equipment (UE) may receive data transmission from one or more cells among a plurality of cells and may report CSI for each of the plurality of cells. For scalable channel feedback, the UE may report CSI with different granularity for different cells. The granularity of feedback for each cell may be selected based on the quality of a communication channel between the cell and the UE, which may be determined based on a long-term channel gain for the cell. The granularity of feedback may be defined by a subband size, a reporting interval, granularity of quantization of CSI, etc. The UE may report CSI for each cell based on the granularity of feedback for the cell. The UE may receive data transmission sent by at least one cell based on the reported CSI. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110237283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting DCI by a base station includes generating DCI including at least one of a data resource allocation indicator, a data format indicator for at least one Transport Block (TB), and a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) resource allocation indicator corresponding to the at least one TB; and sending the DCI to a terminal. The DMRS resource allocation indicator includes a rank pattern for the at least one TB, an allocated scrambling code type, and DMRS port information. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110237284 | Communication Method and System - A method of co-ordinating communication between a plurality of base stations in a communication system, comprising including designating timeslots where said base stations receive and/or transit co-ordination messages to each other. The system may be an autonomous cellular system and the timeslots may be regularly spaced. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110237285 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed user apparatus includes a random access channel generating unit configured to generate a random access channel; a control channel generating unit configured to generate a control channel in accordance with scheduling information received from a base station; and an uplink transmission signal generating unit configure to generate an uplink transmission signal including the random access channel or the control channel. Further, the purpose ID indicating at least whether there is a user ID uniquely allocated by the base station is included in the random access channel or the control channel. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110244906 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES, AND METHODS TO FACILITATE COORDINATED SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system and method of coordinating scheduling in a wireless communication system are described herein. In one aspect, cells receive information regarding one or more precoding matrices from user equipments. The information may include a request from an user equipment that the cell not use a particular precoding matrix for communications. The cell may determine whether restricting usage of the precoding matrix for communication improves overall communication in the wireless communication system by performing pair-wise comparisons of utility based on usage and restriction of the precoding matrix. The cell may further resolve conflicts that arise between several cells based on the granting of restriction of the precoding matrix. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110244907 | Access to a cellular network for machine type communication devices - Controlling access by a User Equipment (UE) to a cellular network may be effected by: receiving an instruction at the UE from a base station of the cellular network regarding transmission by the UE over a Random Access Channel (RACH) of the cellular network; and controlling when transmissions are made from the UE over the RACH, on the basis of the received instruction. In some cases, a transmission over the RACH may be made in response to the received instruction, which gives permission for the UE to transmit if it has data to send. In other cases, the instruction specifies a Group Identifier, which is compared with a Group Identifier specific to the UE and transmission over the RACH may be avoided based on the comparison. In particular, the UE may be a Machine Type Communication device. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110244908 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system, method and apparatus cooperate to use a wireless coordination signal from a control station in a first frequency band to establish direct links in a second frequency band between different terminals. Once established, the direct links in the second frequency band operate without further needing intervention by the control station. The first frequency band is 1 GHz or higher, and the second frequency band is at a higher frequency than the first frequency band. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110244909 | Method of Handling System Information Acquisition and Related Communication Device - A method of handling system information acquisition for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises determining whether to perform a system information acquisition procedure according to a value tag included in a system information received from a network of the wireless communication system, and performing the system information acquisition procedure for a commercial mobile alert system (CMAS) notification only when an indication corresponding to the CMAS notification is received, with regardless of the value tag in the system information. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110250915 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RADIO ACCESS TO SPECTRUM AND TO A SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A communication system where radios without a normally available communication pathway to a spectrum management system (referred to as spoke radio devices) communicate with the spectrum management system by joining a network established by a hub radio device that has a prior registration with the spectrum management system. Once joined, the spoke may seek registration with the spectrum management system and, if appropriate, obtain a spectrum allocation from the spectrum management system. Also, once registered, spoke radio devices may form a network of their own. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110250916 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND ASSIGNING SPECTRUM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for determining band availability and/or allocating one or more frequency bands to a communications device for wireless communications are described. In different locations and/or at different times different frequency bands, e.g., band corresponding to unused TV channels, may be available for allocation. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited for supporting local peer to peer networks in an environment in which a plurality of different technologies are supported. A centralized control device determines and allocates a frequency band to a wireless terminal for use at a given location and at a given time, e.g., for peer to peer communications using a particular technology supported by the wireless terminal. The centralized control device uses database information and information received from a plurality of wireless terminals in making frequency band allocation decisions, performing load balancing, and/or performing interference management. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110250917 | Method and Apparatus for Centralized Allocation of Bandwidth in a Wireless Network - A method for allocating bandwidth in a wireless network includes communicating wirelessly with at least one endpoint using a first frequency bandwidth. The method may also include receiving a measurement of a signal quality from the at least one endpoint and communicating an indication of the signal quality to a server. The method may further include receiving from the server a second frequency bandwidth based on the signal quality and a cost per unit of frequency bandwidth. The second frequency bandwidth may indicate an amount of frequency bandwidth to use in communicating wirelessly with the at least one endpoint. The method may additionally include communicating wirelessly with the at least one endpoint using the second frequency bandwidth. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110250918 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - Methods for a communication device. The method comprises being configured with at least one uplink carrier and at least one downlink carrier according to a carrier aggregation configuration, receiving at least one control signal at least one downlink control channel on the at least one downlink carrier, determining at least one control format of the at least one control signal for at least one uplink or at least one downlink transmission or for at least one control signaling carried on the same or different at least one uplink carrier or the at least one downlink carrier, and performing at least one of the at least one uplink and the at least one downlink transmission or at least one control signaling on the same or different at least one uplink carrier or the at least one downlink carrier according to the at least one control format of the at least one control signal, wherein the at least one of at least one uplink and the at least one downlink transmission or the at least one control signaling use a same or different transmission modes on the same or different at least one uplink carrier or the at least one downlink carrier. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110250919 | CQI ESTIMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for estimating and reporting channel quality indicator (CQI) are disclosed. Neighboring base stations may cause strong interference to one another and may be allocated different resources, e.g., different subframes. A UE may observe different levels of interference on different resources. In an aspect, the UE may determine a CQI for resources allocated to a base station and having reduced or no interference from at least one interfering base station. In another aspect, the UE may determine multiple CQI for resources of different types and associated with different interference levels. For example, the UE may determine a first CQI based on at least one first subframe allocated to the base station and having reduced or no interference from the interfering base station(s). The UE may determine a second CQI based on at least one second subframe allocated to the interfering base station(s). | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110256895 | APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PERIPHERAL DEVICE SELECTION - Apparatus for enabling the connection of an electronic device to a particular peripheral device, wherein the apparatus is configured to
| 10-20-2011 |
| 20110256896 | Signaling Identification of Machine to Machine Devices and Services - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods for identifying machine to machine (M2M) devices and services. Each device may indicate its M2M functionality either for each of the services performed by the device or for all of its services to a core network. The core network may report the M2M functionality of the device to other nodes in the network that may be involved with the M2M functionality of the device. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110256897 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT AND PRECODING METHOD - The present invention provides a base station apparatus capable of preventing degrading of throughput performance even when feedback information amount on precoding in uplink MIMO transmission is reduced. This base station ( | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110263283 | NETWORK DEVICE AND CELL SELECTION METHOD - A network device ( | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110263284 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station for performing radio communication with a plurality of radio terminals by allocating a different radio resource to each of the plurality of radio terminals includes a measurement unit for measuring, at every predetermined timing, a path loss on the radio resource allocated to each of the plurality of radio terminals, a difference information obtaining unit for obtaining difference information Ph between maximum transmit power and current transmit power, transmitted from each of the plurality of radio terminals, and a control unit for controlling allocation of the radio resources to the plurality of radio terminals based on the path loss measured by the measurement unit and the difference information Ph obtained by the difference information obtaining unit. Thereby, the transmit power of the plurality of radio terminals is appropriately controlled and a radio link is maintained stably. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110263285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS RELATING TO SECONDARY USE OF RADIO RESOURCES - According to aspects of the invention, a radio signal that constitutes a secondary use is provided with a predefined identifier ( | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110269490 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for communicating channel state information (CSI) to a base station is presented. The method includes identifying a number of allocated resources for CSI within at least one of a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) payload and a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) payload. The method includes encoding channel state information (CSI) for activated carriers on a user equipment into the allocated resources for CSI. When a number of activated carriers on the user equipment is less than the number of allocated resources for CSI, the method includes using repetition encoding to duplicate the CSI for at least one of the activated carriers on the user equipment into the allocated resources for CSI. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110269491 | REAL-TIME OPTIMIZATION OF ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES - Embodiments of a system and a method for assigning a plurality of resources to a plurality of targets in near real-time are described herein. An evolutionary algorithm such as a particle swarm algorithm iteratively evaluates a predetermined fitness function characteristic of a system including the plurality of resources to find solutions containing optimal resource assignments. Resource parameters are changed based on the assignments to operate on the targets. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110269492 | ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods for allocating a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to reduce a number of PDCCH candidates in a search space for carrier aggregation on a user equipment (UE) are disclosed. The method comprises the step of selecting a control channel element (CCE) aggregation level for a PDCCH allocation for each of a plurality of user equipments (UEs) at an evolved NodeB (eNB). The operation of identifying a transmission mode for each of a plurality of component carriers (CCs) associated with the PDCCH at the eNB follows. The next operation of the method is assigning each CC's downlink control information (DCI) into CCEs in a PDCCH search space in the PDCCH starting at a CCE location based on the CC's transmission mode and the CCE aggregation level for the UE receiving the CC. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110269493 | Control channel interference mitigation - In some embodiments, control channel data is passed between neighboring base stations to allocate control channel resources to mitigate inter-cell interference. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110269494 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, HANDOVER METHOD, AND DOWNLOAD METHOD - A base station includes a first receiver that receives a signal from the base station, the signal indicating a first wireless quality that is a wireless quality of signals received by a mobile station which uses software-defined radio and communicates with the base station using a first communication protocol, and a processor that executes processing to download communication software that causes the mobile station to execute communication processing according to a second communication protocol based on a first condition of the first wireless quality, and executes processing to transmit a handover instruction signal to cause a handover of the mobile station to a second base station that communicates with the mobile station using the second communication protocol based on a second condition of the first wireless quality, wherein the first condition is a condition set to be satisfied before the second condition when the first wireless quality decreases. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110275394 | RESOURCE PARTITIONING INFORMATION FOR ENHANCED INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Methods and apparatus for partitioning resources for enhanced inter-cell interference coordination (eICIC) are provided. Certain aspects involve broadcasting a message indicating time-domain resource partitioning information (RPI), where a user equipment (UE) may be operating in idle mode. With the RPI, the UE may be able to identify protected resources with reduced/eliminated interference from neighboring cells. The RPI in this broadcasted message may be encoded as a bitmap as an alternative or in addition to enumeration of the U/N/X subframes. Other aspects entail transmitting a dedicated or unicast message indicating the time-domain RPI, where a UE may be operating in connected mode. With the RPI, the UE may be able to determine channel state information (CSI), make radio resource management (RRM) measurements, or perform radio link monitoring (RLM), based on one or more signals from a serving base station during the protected time-domain resources. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110275395 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT RELATING TO POWER CONSUMPTION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and an infrastructure arrangement for controlling power consumption of at least one User Equipment (UE) ( | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110275396 | REFERENCE SIGNAL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication base station apparatus which is able to prevent deterioration in the throughput of LTE terminals even when LTE terminals and LTE+ terminals coexist. In this apparatus, based on the mapping pattern of the reference signals used only in LTE+ terminals, a setting unit ( | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110275397 | Uplink Reference Signal Allocation and Assignment for Cell Clusters - The inventive methods and apparatus disclosed herein allocate and assign uplink reference signals to cells ( | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110275398 | CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110281604 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION FUNCTION - A radio resource allocating method by a radio base station device, includes updating a data resident amount of a management object based on a received report signal when the report signal reports a data resident amount stored in a transmission buffer of a mobile station, estimating a following data resident amount based on the updated data resident amount and a radio resource amount of uplink transmission to be allocated to the mobile station; and determining and reporting the radio resource amount for the uplink transmission from the base station based on the estimated data resident amount. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110281605 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention relates to a wireless communication device performing communications by using a radio frame containing a control channel and a data channel, the wireless communication device comprises of a structuring unit that allocates a first part of the control channel adjacent to the data channel in the radio frame, and allocates a second part of the control channel, which denotes different control information from the first part, to the data channel so as to be inserted between data of the data channel and a transmission unit that transmits the radio frame including the data channel and the control channel. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110281606 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A base station apparatus having eight antennas and configured to communicate with a mobile station apparatus includes: a power adjustment unit which has a function of adjusting the power of a base station apparatus specific reference signal, the power of a mobile station apparatus specific reference signal, the power of a control signal and the power of a data signal on the basis of power adjustment values shown in FIG. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110281607 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including: a base station apparatus; and a terminal apparatus, wherein the base station apparatus includes: five or more transmission antennas; and a processor configure for holdings first scheduling information including a data channel region and a control channel region, and in which each of resources of a common reference signal transmitted from each of the fifth and subsequent transmission antennas is allocated respectively, to be different region from first region to that each of resources of a common reference signal transmitted from each of the transmission antennas up to an m-th antenna (m being an integer that satisfies 1≦m<5) is allocated, to overlap the data channel region to that a data is allocated or the control channel region to that a control signal is allocated, and to be a different region each other. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110281608 | CHANNEL ESTIMATING APPARATUS, CHANNEL ESTIMATING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A channel estimating apparatus includes a receiver that receives reference signal groups that are respectively transmitted from wireless communications units and that each include a reference signal that is allocated a common channel resource allocated to a reference signal in another reference signal group; a first estimating unit that based on a reference signal that is in a first reference signal group among the received reference signal groups and that is allocated a unique channel resource not allocated to a reference signal in another reference signal group, estimates a reference signal that is in the first reference signal group and allocated the common channel resource; and a second estimating unit that based on the reference signal estimated by the first estimating unit, estimates a reference signal that is in a second reference signal group among the received reference signal groups and that is allocated the common channel resource. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110287794 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION OFFLOADING TO UNLICENSED BANDS - An apparatus for providing network assisted local communication offloading to unlicensed bands may include at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code. The at least one memory and the computer program code may be configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to perform at least receiving, via signaling associated with licensed band resources, information indicative of unlicensed band resources available in a particular area, and providing resource availability data, via signaling associated with the licensed band resources, to one or more devices within the particular area. The resource availability data may enable unlicensed band resource usage by at least one of the one or more devices. A corresponding method and computer program product are also provided. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110287795 | Communications System Density and Range Improvement by Signal-Strength-Directed Channel Class Selection with Weighting for Minimum Capacity Consumption - Methods and apparatuses for optimized channel selection are disclosed. In one example, a channel quality is measured of each channel of an available number of channels on which a mobile communication device can transmit and receive. A subset of the available number of channels is allocated to a long range channel class responsive to the channel quality. An RSSI of the mobile communication device is monitored and correlated to a mobile communication device proximity to a base station. A channel is selected from the long range channel class if the mobile communication device proximity is greater than a predetermined proximity. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110287796 | Methods and Apparatus for Enabling a Channel Access Protocol for Directional Mac - A method and apparatus for providing a channel access protocol for use in a directional communication network is provided. The method may comprise transmitting channel access information to a plurality of apparatuses, receiving a first directional beam from a second apparatus of the plurality of apparatuses, wherein the first directional beam is determined by the second apparatus based on the received channel access information, determining a second directional beam based on the first directional beam, transmitting a channel reservation to the second apparatus using the second directional beam and establishing a communication session with the second apparatus based on the channel reservation. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110287797 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless transmitter and a reference signal transmission method that improve channel estimation accuracy. In a terminal ( | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110287798 | Base Station and Wireless Communication System - It is provided a wireless communication system comprising base stations that transmit data to a terminal with cooperation by the base stations. The terminal communicates with the base stations. The terminal periodically transmits, to one of the base stations, information necessary for data transmission from a single base station out of the base stations. Each of the base stations determines whether the terminal needs data transmission through a cooperation among the base stations, and transmits a cooperation information transmission instruction to the terminal, which includes information necessary to execute the data transmission in order to cooperate among the base stations in the case where it is determined that the terminal needs the data transmission through the cooperation among the base stations. The terminal transmits the cooperation information to the base stations in a case of receiving the cooperation information transmission instruction. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110287799 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method and system that allows a mobile station of a communications system to request and be granted a fraction (a sub-set) of the overall frequency bandwidth of a communications channel for its transmissions. Thus, for example, in a TETRA system, a mobile station can, instead of having to request and be granted the full frequency bandwidth of an, e.g., 150 kHz QAM channel, request and be granted only a portion or fraction of the 150 kHz bandwidth of the channel, such as a 25 kHz portion of it. This allows the requested and allocated transmission resources to be more readily optimised to the amount of data that a mobile station wishes to transmit. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110294529 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL ENHANCEMENTS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication method includes determining whether a wireless device desires dynamic sounding reference signal (SRS) resources and providing, based on the determination, a dynamic SRS resource allocation to the wireless device. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110294530 | PREAMBLE BASED UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR LTE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate utilizing power control preambles with closed loop power control techniques in a wireless communication environment. An uplink grant can be transferred over a downlink (e.g., a first uplink grant after uplink inactivity), and a power control preamble can be sent over an uplink in response to the uplink grant. According to an example, transmission of the power control preamble can be explicitly scheduled and/or implicitly scheduled. The power control preamble can be transmitted at a power level determined by an access terminal utilizing an open loop power control mechanism. A base station can analyze the power control preamble and generate a power control command based thereupon to correct the power level employed by the access terminal. The access terminal can thereafter utilize the power control command to adjust the power level for uplink data transmission. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110300888 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND BAND ASSIGNING METHOD - A base station device includes a transmission and reception unit, a no-communication time count unit, an assignment unit, and a duration adjustment unit. The transmission and reception unit transmits and receives user data to and from a mobile terminal. The no-communication time count unit counts the no-communication time in which the transmission and reception of the user data has been interrupted in the mobile terminal. When the no-communication time becomes longer than the duration in which the assignment of the frequency band to the mobile terminal is continued, the assignment unit releases the frequency band assigned to the mobile terminal. When the no-communication time is longer than the duration, and the no-communication time is shorter than the sum of the duration and the monitor time in which it is monitored whether the no-communication time continues after the release of the frequency band, the duration adjustment unit adjusts the duration. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110300889 | Methods and Devices for Reducing Signaling Overhead - A method for reducing signaling overhead in user equipment (UE) connected to a base station is provided. The method includes: when the UE sends Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer messages to the base station, the UE compresses RRC layer messages and sends the compressed RRC layer messages to the base station; and when the UE receives the compressed RRC layer messages from the base station, the UE decompresses the compressed RRC layer messages received from the base station. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110300890 | RADIO RECEPTION APPARATUS, RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a case where a second reference signal for a second communication system is transmitted in addition to a first reference signal for a first communication system, resources that affect a reception apparatus compatible only with the first communication system can be minimized, and the throughput can be prevented from being deteriorated. As resources for a reference signal CSI-RS, DVRB resources in which a resource unit defined in a frequency-time domain is divided in a time direction and distributedly allocated at predetermined frequency intervals are used and CSI-RS is allocated in a resource ID of a part of DVRB resources and transmitted when a reference signal 4RS for LTE is transmitted to a reception apparatus in addition to transmitting CSI-RS for LTE-A. The reception apparatus receives CSI-RS allocated in DVRM resources on the basis of DVRB setting information for CSI-RS, measures channel quality such as CQI, PMI or RI by using CSI-RS, and transmits and reports feedback information containing channel quality information to a transmission apparatus. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110306375 | TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS WHITE SPACE NETWORK - There is provided a computer-implemented method for transmitting data over a wireless network using white spaces. A first white space transmission channel is determined for communicating with mobile client devices. Wireless communication takes place with the mobile client devices over the first white space transmission channel. If the first white space transmission channel becomes unavailable to one of the mobile client devices because of the presence of a primary user on the first white space transmission channel, a different white space transmission channel is determined for communicating with the mobile client device that is affected. The first white space transmission channel may become unavailable to the affected mobile client device, for example, because a primary user begins using the first white space transmission channel in proximity to the affected device. The primary user may be a wireless microphone. Thereafter, communication with the affected wireless device takes place on the different white space transmission channel, while unaffected devices continue to communicate on the first white space transmission channel. Also provided are an exemplary wireless base station and an exemplary mobile client device. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110306376 | MULTIMODE CONTROL DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO COMMUNICATION DEVICES THAT USE DIFFERING PROTOCOLS AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A control device includes a first transceiver for communicating first control data with a first plurality of devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a first protocol, wherein the first transceiver utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with the first protocol. A second transceiver communicates second control data with a second plurality of devices that utilize the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a second protocol, wherein the second transceiver utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with the second protocol. A resource controller allocates resources of the millimeter wave frequency band to the first plurality of devices and the second plurality of devices based on the first control data and the second control data. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110312359 | Energy Savings For Multi-Point Transmission Wireless Network - The operational mode of individual ones of a plurality of geographically distributed network nodes is dynamically changed in correspondence with geographic location of at least one wireless data user. Wireless data service is adaptively provided to the at least one data user via at least one of the network nodes whose operational mode is dynamically changed also in correspondence with a data throughput requirement of the at least one data user. The operational mode changes may be switching between an operational diversity transceiving mode, an operational stand-alone transceiving mode, and an idle or off mode. The network nodes may be remote antennas or radio heads. In this manner the operational modes can be switched based on needs and locations of high data throughput users in a cell, and every node that is idle/off represents a power savings. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110312360 | DOWNLINK SCHEDULING IN FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE (FFR) SYSTEMS - An apparatus and method are disclosed for determining the optimal bandwidth fractions for all the users in each frequency band in a wireless communication system to maximize the net sum of user utilities. User utilities are functions of average rates of users, where different averaging rules can be used for different users. The standard approach of computing an optimal scheduler strategy involves the solution of a convex optimization problem that has a complexity on the order of O(N | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110312361 | METHOD FOR PAGING LEGACY AND ADVANCED ACCESS TERMINALS - The present invention provides a method for paging legacy and advanced access terminals. One embodiment of the method comprises receiving a notification that an access terminal is entering an idle mode and determining whether the access terminal is a legacy device identified by a fixed length identifier or an advanced device identified by one of a plurality of mode-dependent identifiers. The mode-dependent identifier is used to identify the advanced device in the idle mode. This embodiment may also include allocating one or more first paging cycles to the access terminal when it is a legacy device or one or more second paging cycles to the access terminal when it is an advanced device. The first and second paging cycles are different. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110312362 | METHOD FOR PAIRING TERMINALS USING DUMMY DATA - Disclosed is a method for pairing terminals using a dummy terminal, the method including selecting at least one terminal from several, pairing a channel being used by the at least one terminal with data of a dummy terminal, receiving a measurement report message from the at least one terminal, adjusting power of the at least one terminal based upon the measurement report message, and pairing the at least one terminal with another terminal so as to use a channel being used by the at least one terminal together with the another terminal if the at least one terminal is suitable for pairing. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110319111 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HANDOVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for supporting a handover at a source Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided, in which a HandOver CoMmanD (HO-CMD) message is transmitted to a Mobile Station (MS). The HO-CMD message includes a Ranging CHannel (RCH) index of an RCH allocated to the MS by a target BS and a subframe index of the allocated RCH, and the RCH index of the allocated RCH does not overlap with indexes of other RCHs of the target BS. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20110319112 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An information format and apparatus used by a base station to make a scheduling decision when the base station allocates resource to a terminal in a mobile communication system are provided. Operations of a terminal to report a maximum transmission power accurately to the base station in a scheduling process are also provided. A method for calculating a maximum transmit power in a constant manner regardless of a channel status is also provided. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20110319113 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD - Provided are a base station apparatus and an information transmitting method capable of enhancing frequency diversity effect and improving reception quality characteristics at a mobile terminal apparatus even when a system bandwidth is extended. The information transmitting method comprises: using reception quality information from the mobile terminal apparatus as a basis to select one or more than one group band from a set of group bands obtained by dividing a system band (ST | 12-29-2011 |
| 20120004002 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A terminal device free of interference between an RACH and a PUSCH or the like even when a base station device with a large coverage is installed. In the device, a configuration number extraction unit ( | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120004003 | GROUP-BASED MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for performing group-based machine-to-machine communication. Machine-type communication (MTC) wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) may operate in MTC groups. MTC WTRUs belonging to the same MTC group may use a group-based International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) and a group-based IP address for data transmission. Group-based network registration may be performed. A group-based IP address and radio resources may be proactively allocated for an MTC group. A master MTC may perform network registration/attachment process on behalf of the MTC group. A group of MTC WTRUs may transmit data according to staggered time windows. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120009961 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Varying embodiments of the present invention describes a method and apparatus for beamforming in a wireless communication system. A first embodiment is a method for beamforming in a wireless communication system, the system comprising a transmitter and a receiver. The method comprises initiating beamforming on a communication channel between the transmitter and the receiver wherein the communication channel comprises at least two transmit chains, controlling the beamforming by mapping the data stream(s) to the at least two transmit chains and controlling the scaling of the at least two transmit chains within a transmit power constraint. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009962 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, TRANSMIT POWER DECIDING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - This invention has been accomplished in consideration of problems, and an object thereof is to provide a technology that enables a maximum transmit power suitable for each user equipment. This invention is a communication system, is characterized in deciding a maximum value of a transmit power of a user equipment by employing at least one of an access scheme and control information indicating a content of a communication control. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009963 | Effective Method for Transmitting Control Information During the Combination of Multiple Carriers for Wideband Support - The present invention relates to wideband wireless access system, and more particularly to an effective method for transmitting control information during the combination of multiple carriers. As one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method by which a base station allocates a carrier to a terminal in a wideband wireless access system supporting multiple carriers, the method comprising: transmitting, to the terminal, a terminal specific or terminal group specific carrier allocation information that includes information about at least one of control information and data; and transmitting, to the terminal, a carrier combination control information that includes information about a change in the at least one candidate carrier available. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009964 | SCHEDULING OF BEAMFORMED DATA TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE - A system and method are disclosed for coordinating the scheduling of beamformed data to reduce interference in a wireless system. A customer premise equipment (CPE) uses a plurality of bits to quantize the phase angle of the beamformed data received by CPE and reports it to its serving base station. The serving base station selects one of the phase adjustment angles based on the bits received from the CPE in order to schedule the data transmission to the CPE. The phase adjustment angles are in “n” degree steps. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009965 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication method between a first communication device such as a base station and a second communication device such as a mobile station having an interference canceling function is provided, wherein the wireless communication method includes determining, with the second communication device, whether the second communication device undergoes an interference; transmitting, with the second communication device, a first notification signal to the first communication device; allocating, with the first communication device, a null signal within a predetermined frequency band for a predetermined transmission period in response to the first notification signal; and activating, with the second communication device, an interference canceling function in response to the allocated null signal. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009966 | LOAD-BASED SELECTION OF A FREQUENCY BAND CLASS FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system provides a wireless communication service over multiple frequency band classes. The system monitors the amount of active mode users and idle mode users in the frequency band classes. The system selects one of the frequency band classes for a wireless communication device based on the amount of active mode users and idle mode users in the frequency band classes. The system provides the wireless communication service to the wireless communication device over the selected one of the frequency band classes. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120009967 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including: a base station apparatus; and a terminal apparatus, wherein the base station apparatus and terminal apparatus performs radio communication, the base station apparatus includes: a scheduler which divides a radio frequency band used for the radio communication into first and second sub-bands of which respective bandwidths are different, assigns the divided first or second sub-band for transmitting user data to the terminal apparatus or for transmitting the user data from the terminal apparatus, and generates assignment information indicating which of the first or second sub-band is assigned to each terminal apparatus; and a transmitter which transmits the assignment information to the terminal apparatus, and the terminal apparatus includes a receiver which receives the assignment information. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120015679 | Embryo frequency leakage for personalized wireless communication system - An embryo frequency leakage system for personalized wireless communication includes a base station with transceiver transmits and receives at a carrier frequency fl, an apparatus that transmits and receives at frequency fl while purposely leaks at another frequency fe; a handheld that transmits and receives at its embryo frequency fe which preferably at higher frequencies so that the handheld form factor and power consumption can be minimized. In this way, handheld only needs one low power radio therefore is green energy and less danger when pointing to human brain. The handheld will always associate with an apparatus which is deployed within personalized area and has a longer reach by using lower carrier frequencies meanwhile leaks at higher frequencies to create the second communication channel with the handheld. | 01-19-2012 |
| 20120021791 | METHOD FOR HANDOVER DECISION USING VIRTUAL SCHEDULER AND HANDOVER CONTROL DEVICE THEREOF - Each base station performs virtual scheduling that does not take cell association into account for each slot and actual scheduling that takes cell association into account to calculate difference in average transmission rates for each user terminal and stores them in a table. The difference in the average transmission rates for each user terminal is compared with a difference in average transmission rates for each user terminal received from a neighboring base station to determine a handoff decision for each user terminal. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120021792 | METHOD FOR SENDING A SCAN RESPONSE BASED ON A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a method for sending a scan response based on a multi-carrier system, and a base station, wherein the method comprises: a base station receives a scan request signaling sent by a terminal; and responding to the scan request signaling, the base station determines a carrier the terminal needs to scan and sends a scan response message to the terminal. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120021793 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method of the present invention includes a step of causing a radio base station | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120028667 | SUM-RATE BALANCING IN WIRELESS MULTICELL AND MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method in a communication node of a wireless communications system that provides at least two communication links each having at least two frequency channels. The communication node is configured to communicate with a receiving communication node over a link under influence of interference from surrounding transmitter(s) using said frequency channels. The method includes determining a target for said link for the sum of the data rates and allocating power on the frequency channels to reach said target while minimizing the sum of the power on said link. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120028668 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system a control channel is required in order to use limited resources effectively. However, the control channel resource is part of the system overhead, and thus reduces the data channel resource used for data transmission. In the long term evolution (LTE) system based on OFDM, one sub frame the consists of fourteen OFDM symbols wherein a maximum of three OFDM symbols are used for the control channel resource and remaining eleven OFDM symbols are used for the data channel resource. Therefore, the quantity of energy that can be transmitted for the control channel resource is extremely limited compared to the data channel resource. For this reason, the coverage of the control channel becomes less than that &; of the data channel, and even if a user can successfully receive the data channel, reception failure of a control channel sometimes˜results in failure of data recovery. In the present invention, in order to expand the coverage of the control channel to at least the coverage of the data channel, the time resource of the transmission resource wherein the control channel is transmitted is expanded and allocated for sending and receiving the control channel. By way of methods for extending the time resource are provided a method wherein a plurality of sub frames are used to transmit one control channel, and a method wherein a part of a data channel is used for the control channel. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120034942 | BASE STATION SHARING - An improved base station sharing in a radio communication system is disclosed. A logical base station is arranged to share a physical base station in the radio communication system with at least one further logical base station. According to an embodiment of the invention, the logical base station is associated with a control node and with an operation and maintenance node in the radio communication system, wherein the control node and the operation and maintenance node are separate from at least one further control node and at least one further operation and maintenance node being associated with the at least one further logical base station. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120040704 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUP DOWNSIZING OF R-PDCCH AND MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for reducing a resource element group (REG) size, which is used at a control channel element (CCE) for a relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), for the purpose of easy interleaving by a physical resource block (PRB) unit for the R-PDCCH, and a mobile telecommunication system for the same. The mobile telecommunication system of the present invention includes reducing the CCE size to 8 REGs or less of the R-PDCCH to be included in a single PRB. | 02-16-2012 |
| 20120040705 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Each of a plurality of wireless base stations includes: a storage unit that stores flag that indicates whether or not its own station is master base station; a determination unit that determines a wireless parameter set that is set in channels used for transmission of MBMS data; a notification unit that, when its own station is master base station, reports the wireless parameter set determined in the determination unit to other wireless base stations; an acquisition unit that, when its own station is not master base station, acquires a wireless parameter set reported from master base station; and a setting unit that, when its own station is master base station, sets the wireless parameter set determined in the determination unit in the channels; and when its own station is not master base station, sets the wireless parameter set acquired in the acquisition unit to the channels. | 02-16-2012 |
| 20120046057 | Access Control with Partial Support for Communications - A control apparatus configured to allow a communication device supporting a first frequency setting to enter a system providing a communications facility based on a second frequency setting, wherein the first frequency setting provides only a partial support for communications in the system is disclosed. The control apparatus may be co-operative with a second control apparatus. The second control apparatus is configured to determine based on frequency setting information received from the system if it is possible to transmit to the system based on the first frequency setting supported by the communication device. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120046058 | LOCAL BREAKOUT WITH PARAMETER ACCESS SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus, and computer program product for providing access via a cellular access network to a packet data net-work, wherein control plane functions of a gateway device of a core net-work are emulated to the core network, and the emulated control plane functions are used to provide to the core network a set of parameters for local breakout. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120046059 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DETERMINING THE STATUS OF A REQUESTED SERVICE - A method of network-directed service status order at a mobile station, includes the steps of: (a) from the mobile station sending an origination message, over the network, requesting a service with the network; (b) in response to the origination message, at the mobile station receiving over the network a status message of a status of the requested service, the status message identifying one of a grant of the requested service or a denial of the requested service; and (c) operating the mobile station in an unambiguous state in accordance with the received status message. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120058790 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A COEXISTENCE VALUE TO DEFINE FAIR RESOURCE SHARE BETWEEN SECONDARY NETWORKS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to provide coexistence values for wireless resource sharing on a fair basis between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks. An example embodiment of the invention includes a method, comprising the steps of: determining a coexistence value for a wireless network based on parameters associated with the wireless network, including at least one of a number of nodes in the wireless network, a current resource allocation utilization rate of the wireless network, coexistence assistance by the wireless network to assist in operation of other networks, and/or a priority of the wireless network, wherein the coexistence value characterizes eligibility of the wireless network to wireless spectrum resources available to secondary networks; and communicating the determined coexistence value of the wireless network to an associated network controller. The resulting embodiments provide for wireless resource sharing on a fair basis between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120058791 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - In a wireless communication system, from available data resource elements (REs) in a subframe, REs are assigned to transmissions of a reference signal, thereby resulting in a plurality of remaining data REs. Furthermore, REs from the plurality of remaining data REs are assigned for data transmission to a wireless device in groups of a predetermined number of REs such that all assigned data REs within a group are within a predetermined number of symbols of each other in time domain and within a second predetermined number of subcarriers of each other in frequency domain, thereby resulting in at least one ungrouped RE. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120058792 | METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING ACCESS CONTROL AND RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ENTITY - The present invention discloses a method of and system for performing the access control as well as a radio resource management entity. The method includes: detecting, by a hybrid radio resource management entity, an access control trigger event; determining, by the hybrid radio resource management entity, a non-closed subscriber group, CSG, User Equipment to be removed; disconnecting, by the hybrid radio resource management entity, the connection with the non-CSG User Equipment to be removed. In accordance with the present invention, a hybrid radio resource management entity is able to control the access of User Equipment, so as to guarantee the access of CSG User Equipment. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120058793 | FIRST BASE STATION MANAGING A NEIGHBORING CONDITION AND CELL AREA OPERATION OF A CELL AREA, SERVER OF A WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORK, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING A NEIGHBORING CONDITION AND CELL AREA OPERATION OF A CELL AREA - The present invention concerns a first base station managing a neighboring condition and cell area operation of a cell area, the cell area being a cell area of a wireless cellular network, the wireless cellular network comprising a telecommunication network enabling a transfer of information between the first base station and a second base station, where the wireless cellular network comprises a server linked to the telecommunication network. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120064930 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AVAILABLE RADIO ACCESS POSSIBILITIES IN A COMMUNICATIONS AREA - A local radio access information transmitter for use in a communications area serviced by multiple different radio access technologies (RATs) allocated to different radio resources in different locations in the communications area. Each RAT is associated with one or more RAT radio transceivers for serving user equipments (UEs) at least in some portion of the communications area using one of the multiple RATs. The local radio access information transmitter is in addition to the RAT radio transceivers and located near an associated hotspot service area at least partly inside the communications area. The local radio access information transmitter determines local radio access information including one or more different RATs available for UE service in the hotspot service area and a frequency of frequencies of operation allocated to each RAT in the hotspot service area, sends a registration message to a wide area radio access information controller, and based on a response from the wide area radio access information controller, determines what radio resources to use to transmit the local radio access information signals. Radio transmission circuitry transmits the local radio access information signals for receipt by UEs in the hotspot service area using the determined radio resources. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120064931 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station includes: an acquiring unit which acquires a pilot signal that is discretely included in a transmission signal to be transmitted from a mobile terminal and is referenced to adjust a transmission timing of the transmission signal in the mobile terminal; an adjusting unit which adjusts the transmission timing of the transmission signal in the mobile terminal based on the pilot signal; and a changing unit which changes an adjustment period in which the transmission timing is adjusted by the adjusting unit based on a transmission cycle of the pilot signal. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120064932 | GROUP CONTROL METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE METHOD - Provided are a group control method for providing a machine type communication (MTC) service, and a mobile communication system using the method. The group control method includes categorizing one or more MTC devices into one or more MTC groups, assigning MTC group identifiers to respective MTC groups, setting MTC radio network temporary identifiers (MTC RNTIs) according to the MTC group Identifiers, and using the MTC_RNTIs for addressing the MTC devices belonging to the respective MTC groups. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120064933 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a transmitting apparatus includes a transmitting unit and a selecting unit. The transmitting unit transmits first control information using one of first communication resources. The first communication resources are included in a first transmission band and have respective independent numbers. The transmitting unit transmits second control information using one of second communication resources. The second communication resources are included in a second transmission band and have respective independent numbers. The selecting unit restricts the second communication resources to restricted second communication resources in accordance with a number assigned to one of the first communication resources used to transmit the first control information, and to select one second communication resource from the restricted second communication resources. The transmitting unit transmits the second control information using the selected second communication resource. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120064934 | PROVIDING AN INDICATOR OF PRESENCE OF A FIRST ACCESS NETWORK THAT IS CAPABLE OF INTERWORKING WITH A SECOND ACCESS NETWORK - A mobile station receives a control message containing an indicator of presence of a first access network that operates according to a first protocol that is capable of interworking with a second access network that operates according to a second, different protocol. In response to receiving the indicator, the mobile station performs a procedure to establish a personality for the mobile station that specifies the configuration to allow the mobile station to use features of the first access network that enable interworking with the second access network. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120071185 | BUFFER STATUS REPORT CONTROL FOR CREATING TRANSMISSION GAPS - A method for wireless communication modifies an actual buffer status report value to create a modified buffer status report that is reported to a base station. The modified buffer status report value results in the base station sending fewer uplink grants to a user equipment. The fewer grants result in transmission gaps in a first radio access technology of the user equipment. The user equipment may use those transmission gaps in the first radio access technology to communicate using a second radio access technology. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120071186 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS - A method and an apparatus for random access are provided. The method includes: receiving, by a User Equipment (UE), an access indication message including a UE identifier (ID) and a corresponding resource number (101); sending a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) preamble by using an uplink resource corresponding to the resource number and preset initial transmit power (102); and if it is determined that an acquisition indication is received, determining, by the UE, that an access succeeds (103). Therefore, the reliability of information transmission is ensured, the delay in an access process is reduced, and fast implementation of uplink search is ensured. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120071187 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO COMMUNICATION DEVICES THAT USE DIFFERING PROTOCOLS AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A control device includes at least one communication interface for communicating first control data with at least one first communication device that utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a first protocol and further for communicating second control data with at least one second communication device that utilizes the millimeter wave frequency band in accordance with a second protocol. A resource controller allocates resources of the millimeter wave frequency band to the at least one first communication device and the at least one second communication device based on the first control data and the second control data. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120071188 | DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A dynamic spectrum allocation method and device are provided. The method includes: finding non-idle frequency bands in the coverage of a communication device according to information in a database; selecting a frequency band from the non-idle frequency bands as a negotiation frequency band, and sending a spectrum assignment request to an interfering device using the negotiation frequency band; and acquiring usage assignment of the interfering device, in which the usage assignment is a response to the spectrum assignment request. The technical solutions can effectively allocate dynamic spectrum resources to a communication device, and are simple to implement. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120077533 | Method and Network Device for Managing Resource Allocation - A method and network device for managing resource allocation in at least one network device of a plurality of network devices in a mobile telecommunications network including the steps of: determining at least one energy dependent parameter in relation to each of the at least one network devices; and using the at least one determined energy-dependent parameter to make a resource allocation determination. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120077534 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE - According to one embodiment, there is provided a wireless communication method, including: a start step of performing a connection process with a second wireless device; a communication step of performing communication for a predetermined term in a first mode; a determination step of determining, in accordance with a communication status, whether to change a communication mode from the first mode to a second mode in which communication at a higher speed than the first mode is performed, change an operating frequency channel for communication to another frequency channel than the first frequency channel, or continue the first mode; and a transmission step of transmitting a mode change signal when the determination is made to change the communication mode, and transmitting a channel change signal when the determination is made to change the operating frequency channel. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120077535 | ASSIGNING RADIO CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus are provided for assigning radio channels to a set of base stations in a wireless network, including determining a plurality of available radio channels that the set of base stations have at their disposal for communications, selecting at least one of the plurality of available radio channels for a first plurality of the base stations, selecting at least another one of the plurality of available radio channels for at least a second plurality of the base stations, and assigning the selected radio channels to the corresponding pluralities of base stations. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120083306 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANTENNA SWITCHING FOR 60 GHZ DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION - Methods and systems for antenna switching for 60 GHz distributed communication are disclosed and may include enabling antenna configurations in a plurality of remote RF modules within a computing device to receive RF signals. A signal characteristic may be measured for the configurations receiving an RF signal from a remote device. IF signals may be generated from baseband signals and may be communicated to RF modules based on the signal characteristic via coaxial lines, and may be up-converted to output RF signals utilizing the RF modules. The output RF signals may be transmitted via antennas in the RF modules. The IF signals in the one or more coaxial lines may be tapped via taps coupled to the RF modules. The baseband signals may comprise video data, Internet streamed data, and/or data from a local data source. Control signals for the RF devices may be communicated utilizing the coaxial lines. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120088532 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO FREQUENCY FINGERPRINT DISTRIBUTION - A method and apparatus for radio frequency (RF) fingerprint distribution is provided herein. In particular, when a mobile node wishes to access a restricted-access base station, the mobile node will access a database containing RF fingerprint identification information for the RF environment surrounding the restricted-access base station. When the RF environment matches the RF fingerprint, the mobile node will know that it can access the restricted-access base station. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120088533 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND ENCODING FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) AND CQI COLLIDED WITH UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGMENT/NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGMENT - A User Equipment (UE) configured for allocating resources and encoding for Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory. The UE receives Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, receives a reference signal and determines a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) based on the reference signal. The UE also determines a format for CQI transmission. If use of Format 3 is determined the UE determines cells for CQI reporting based on the RRC signaling and determines an encoding. The UE also encodes a feedback message based on the encoding and transmits the feedback message. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120088534 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL - A method for transmitting, at a user equipment having N (N being an integer greater than 1) transmission antennas, an uplink signal to a base station and a method for receiving, at the base station, an uplink signal from the user equipment are disclosed. The base station transmits reception capability information of the base station to the user equipment. Reception capability information includes information indicating that the base station may receive a signal transmitted through a maximum of M (M being an integer greater than 1) transmission antennas. The user equipment transmits the uplink signal using N transmission antennas if N is not greater than M and transmits the uplink signal using M transmission antennas if N is greater than M. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120094704 | Method, Device, and System of Resource Configuration - A method and a communications system are provided. The system includes a Node B and a RNC. The Node B report the RNC whether the base station an E-DPCCH power boost capability. The RNC is also informed whether a UE supports and E-DPCCH power boost capability. If the Node B and the UE both support the E-DPCCH power boost capability, the RNC configures the resource for the Node B to perform channel estimation by using the E-DPCCH power boost feature for the UE. Through the solution of the system, the accuracy of channel estimation can be improved and thus a bit error rate in high-speed data transmission can be reduced. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120094705 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION PARAMETER CONTROL - A system and method for implementing transmission parameter control at a transmitting station is described. The exemplary system and method comprises querying a transmission parameter control module for a transmission schedule. The transmission schedule comprises at least one schedule entry defining a set of transmission parameter controls as they pertain to a destination address. At least one packet of data is then transmitted to the destination address according to the transmission parameters controls of at least one schedule entry from the transmission schedule. A system and method for selecting an antenna configuration corresponding to a next transmission of packet data is also disclosed. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120108282 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL AND INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS MICROPHONE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS - A wireless microphone receiver is used to control transmission power and/or channel configuration of wireless microphones which communicate audio data to the wireless microphone receiver. In some embodiments the wireless microphone receiver searches for available channels, e.g., on a periodic or other basis. Based on wireless microphone receiver loading and interference considerations, channel availability may be determined and channel assignments are made. In some embodiments channel assignments are made based on wireless microphone battery status. Channel assignments to wireless microphones are communicated via a control channel. In addition to channel assignments, wireless microphone transmitter power can be controlled by the wireless microphone receiver. Commands to increase or decrease transmission power may occur as channel conditions change and/or on a recurring periodic basis. The rate of power control transmission may be relatively infrequent, e.g., a second apart in some embodiments, given that wireless microphones tend to be relatively stationary during use. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120108283 | Communication Network and Method - In a communication network including a plurality of base stations, a method including the steps of: sending a signal from said base station indicating that it will enter a period of inactivity, to at least one other base station; storing at that least one current parameter(s) relating to interference between base stations and/or updating said parameter(s) for forward use. The parameter(s) may relate to interference between first base station and at least one operationally neighbouring base station and may be Background Interference Matrix (BIM) data. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120108284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE RADIO RECEIVE CHAINS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention provides architectures and methods which use multiple radio receive chains in mobile devices to boost performance of the mobile devices. While a first set of the receive chains are assigned to a serving base station, another set of receive chains are dynamically allocated to neighbor base stations and/or to the serving base station depending upon present or expected system conditions and timing. A first synthesizer is configured to provide signals to the first and second set of receive chains. Other synthesizers are also configured to provide signals to the second set of receive chains. Thus, depending on the mode of operation, the second set of receive chains utilizes signals from a given synthesizer as needed. A priori data may be used to allocate specific receive chains to the serving base station, neighboring base stations or both. Unused synthesizers may be turned off to conserve power. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120108285 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system ( | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120115525 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a resource management system in a communication system including a plurality of systems having no right to use a first frequency band. The resource management system includes: a coexistence manager (CM) configured to manage the plurality of systems for the purpose of coexistence and frequency sharing of the plurality of systems in a frequency band available for the plurality of systems, when the available frequency band is detected in the first frequency band; a coexistence enabler (CE) configured to transmit and receive information of the plurality of systems and information of the CM; and a coexistence discovery and information server (CDIS) configured to support the CM to control the plurality of systems. The CM performs channel classification for the first frequency band based on channel information of the available frequency band, and allocates operating channels to the plurality of systems. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120115526 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station capable of minimizing in Type 0 assignment the number of resource block groups occupied by a terminal that performs frequency hopping, and thereby flexibly assigning resources in the Type 0 assignment. The base station ( | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120122505 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO NODES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING AN UPDATE OF ITERATION RESOURCE WEIGHTS - An apparatus for allocating resources to nodes in a communication system comprises an iteration controller ( | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120122506 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SERVICES - A method for providing wireless communication services via efficient management of frequency bands includes transmitting uplink communications to a first system on a first frequency. The method also includes receiving downlink communications from the first system on a second frequency. The method may also include transmitting uplink communications to a second system by re-using the second frequency. The method further includes receiving downlink communications from the second system by re-using the first frequency. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120122507 | Method And Device For Performing Space Coordination Among Cells - A method and a device for performing space coordination among cells are disclosed in the present invention, and the method includes that a base station in a serving cell acquires the channel information of a terminal; the base station in said serving cell performs pre-scheduling to said terminal, according to the acquired channel information of said terminal and the service requirement of said terminal; the base station in said serving cell transfers the pre-scheduling information to the base station in said coordinated cell, so that the base station in said coordinated cell performs coordinated scheduling/coordinated beam-forming with the base station in said serving cell together, according to said pre-scheduling information. With the solution of the present invention, the pre-scheduling information is transferred between base stations in various coordinated transmission cells, and the coordinated scheduling/beam-forming is performed according to the pre-scheduling information, thus, the coordinated scheduling/beam-forming is implemented with less amount of information exchange, and the spectrum efficiency of cell-edge terminal is improved. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120135765 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING A CHANNEL TIMING MESSAGE IN A DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for automatically switching functions associated with a leading radio to another radio on a channel is disclosed. The method includes receiving, from a leading radio by at least one other radio operating on a channel, an associated timing signal via at least one control timing message. Other radios use the timing signal to synchronize transmissions made on the channel. The method also includes receiving, by the other radios, an indication that the leading radio can no longer provide control timing messages. The method further includes maintaining, by each radio on the channel, values for various elements associated with radios operating on the channel and selecting a new leading radio from the other radios based on priorities of the various elements. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135766 | ADAPTIVE CELL CLUSTERING IN A MULTI-CLUSTER ENVIRONMENT - Systems, methods, devices, and computer program products are described for adaptive clustering. Serving cells may receive measurement information from mobile devices, and may each form reporting sets including measurement information for various cells. A CoMP (coordinated multi-point) control unit may receive the measurement information from each of a number of serving cells. The received measurement information may be aggregated for a population of the mobile devices. Based on the aggregated measurement information, cell clusters may be formed to perform coordinated transmissions, each including a different subset of the cells. An indication of the determined cell clusters may be transmitted to respective cells. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135767 | METHOD AND SYSTEM ENABLING USE OF WHITE SPACE RADIO SPECTRUM USING AN OUT OF BAND CONTROL CHANNEL | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING RELEASE OF CONNECTION RESOURCES - A method and an apparatus for processing release of connection resources are provided. The method includes: stopping transmitting a service message to a Mobile Switch Center (MSC) in a first preset duration after receiving a reset message transmitted by the MSC, and restoring transmission of the service message to the MSC after the first preset duration, where release of connection resources between a Base Station Controller (BSC) and the MSC is ensured to be completed in the first preset duration. Through the method and the apparatus for processing the release of the connection resources, after the MSC transmits the reset message, it is ensured that the services of other MSCs are not affected and also the connection corresponding to the MSC transmitting the reset message on the BSC is released, so new services are not affected accordingly, thereby improving Quality of Service (QoS) of the services. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135769 | METHOD, BASE STATION, BASE STATION CONTROLLER AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING UP RADIO LINK - A method a base station, and a base station controller for setting up a radio link is provided. The method includes: sending a message to a base station controller, where the message includes channel element consumption rules of a new board and an old board in a base station ( | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135770 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING CHANNELS IN COGNITIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, AND COGNITIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CAPABLE OF IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - There is disclosed a channel adjusting method capable of suppressing the occurrence of interference between a cognitive pilot channel (CPC) and an auxiliary control channel (ACS) in cognitive wireless communications. According to the channel adjusting method for use in cognitive wireless communications, initially, a connection using a cognitive pilot channel (CPC) is set up. Thereafter, it is determined whether or not a spectrum sensing channel (ACS) is to be utilized. If yes, it is then determined whether or not any interference occurs between the spectrum sensing channel (ACS) and the set-up cognitive pilot channel (CPC). This allows an adjustment to be performed such that no interference occurs between the cognitive pilot channel (CPC) and the spectrum sensing channel (ACS). | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120135771 | RADIO COMMUNICATING SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATING METHOD, RADIO STATION, CONTROL STATION AND PROGRAM - A radio station communicates control information for multipoint cooperating communication, in which a plurality of radio stations takes part in data transmission/reception of a terminal, with another radio station taking part in the multipoint cooperating communication and/or a control station that manages the radio station. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120142385 | Method of transmitting a antenna control signal - An antenna switching method in a wireless access system is disclosed. A method of transmitting antenna information according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of receiving an uplink request message for closed-loop antenna switching from a mobile station, transmitting a reference field including prescribed modulation and coding scheme (MCS) information to the mobile station, and transmitting a differential field including the antenna information to the mobile station. In this case, the antenna information can contain a selected antenna index. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120142386 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO MAKE CURRENT WIRELESS RADIOS COGNITIVE USING AN EXTERNAL SENSOR AND APPLICATION LEVEL MESSAGING - A system and method for converting a non-cognitive radio into a cognitive radio is presented. A cognitive radio system includes, a non-cognitive radio; an electronic device, a spectrum sensing logic and configuration and management logic. The electronic device is connected to the non-cognitive radio so that it receives and/or transmits messages to/from a wireless network. The configuration and management logic is connected between the non-cognitive radio and the spectrum sensing logic. The spectrum sensing logic and the configuration and management logic are removable from the non-cognitive radio allowing the cognitive radio to operate in a non-cognitive mode. The spectrum sensing logic senses a wireless environment to determine available frequencies and available channels. The configuration and management logic transmits available frequencies, available channels or other spectrum data to a remote spectrum manager that is managing access to the wireless network. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120142387 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - When receiving a connection request from a radio terminal ( | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120142388 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE LIMITATION - Systems, apparatus and methods for resource limitation in wireless networks are disclosed. The invention addresses the problem of allowing all network users at least some network resources during emergency and other similar situations. The invention transfers filters used for communications from guaranteed bit rate radio bearers to non-guaranteed bit rate radio bearers upon indication of emergency or other similar situations. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120149417 | RESOURCE PROFILE ADJUSTMENT FOR PRE- FETCHING OF ASSETS TO USER EQUIPMENT - Systems and methods are disclosed for adjusting resource profiles which are used by user equipment (UE) to pre-fetch assets from content providers. In one embodiment, a recommender system receives a resource profile from a UE. The resource profile indicates content providers that have assets for the UE to download in advance during a pre-fetch operation. The resource profile also defines a percentage of UE resources allocated to each of the content providers for downloading the assets during the pre-fetch operation. The recommender system then adjusts the percentages of the UE resources in the resource profile for the end user to generate an updated resource profile for the end user, and transmits the updated resource profile to the UE for use in one or more subsequent pre-fetch operations. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120149418 | BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - Bandwidth allocation apparatus for apportioning bandwidth resource to at least one communications network node, the apparatus comprising a processor assembly and a logic array, the processor assembly comprises a data processor and a memory, the data processor configured to execute instructions stored in the memory and the logic array comprising a plurality of logic circuits connected in such a manner so as to implement particular processing of data, and the logic array arranged to determine bandwidth demand for the at least one node, and the processor assembly configured to at least in part calculate how the bandwidth is to be apportioned. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120157141 | CONTENTION BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a contention based uplink transmission method. A base station may assign a contention based radio network temporary identifier (CB-RNTI) to a plurality of terminals, and terminals assigned with the same CB-RNTI may perform contention uplink transmission using the same radio resource. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120157142 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station NodeB according to the present invention is configured, in EUL communication in “Time and Rate” system, to determine an SG to be notified to the mobile station scheduled in a next scheduling slot, based on maximum allowable reception power in the radio base station NodeB at a time of determining the SG to be notified to the mobile station scheduled in the next scheduling slot, and based on a DPCCH SIR target corresponding to respective SGs. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120157143 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a receiving unit that receives a signal indicating a frequency band having the highest priority of selection among a plurality of frequency bands; and a transmitting unit that transmits data in parallel, using the frequency band having the highest priority of selection and a frequency band having a priority of selection lower than that of the frequency band having the highest priority of selection. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120165056 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING AVAILABLE CHANNEL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for acquiring/providing available channel information using Generic Advertisement Service (GAS) protocol in a wireless local area network (WLAN) are disclosed. AP (Access Point) station has a capability to acquire information for available channels from a database using a specific protocol related to an operation within the White Space (e.g. Access Network Query Protocol (ANQP)). And, non-AP station can retrieve the information for available channels by transmitting a Generic Advertisement Service (GAS) initial request frame to the AP station, wherein the GAS initial request frame comprises an Advertisement Protocol Element whose element ID indicates the specific protocol, and receiving a GAS initial response frame comprising a White Space Map (WSM) the specific protocol. The WSM comprises one or more white space channel units, and each of the white space channel units comprises a channel number field indicating one of the available channels and a power constraint field indicating a maximum allowable power on the indicated channel. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120165057 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, USING ALLOCATION OF SHARED FREQUENCY - In a radio communication system that conducts a communication between a radio base station and a radio communication terminal, the radio base station and the radio communication terminal conduct communication though traffic in a shared frequency utilizing white space in addition to a dedicated frequency allocated to the radio communication system. The traffic through which the communication is established between the radio base station and the radio communication terminal includes first traffic whose bandwidth is guaranteed and second traffic whose bandwidth is not guaranteed. Radio resources of the dedicated frequency are allocated to the first traffic and radio resources of the shared frequency are allocated to the second traffic. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120165058 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RANDOM ACCESS OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION SERVICE - Provided are an apparatus and method for controlling random access of a machine type communication (MTC) device in a wireless communication network providing an MTC service, and a wireless communication system providing an MTC service. The method includes inserting, at a base station, information about a random access preamble group for an MTC device and information about a random access time for an MTC device in system information (SI), and transmitting, at the base station, the SI to at least one MTC device. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120172076 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO TERMINAL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station apparatus wherein even when a single-base-station transmission and a plural-base-station cooperative transmission are implemented at the same time, the terminal-to-base-station feedback information amount and the ICI can be reduced, thereby improving the reception characteristic of a terminal existing in the vicinity of a cell edge. A base station ( | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120178483 | Method and system for switching cellular base station capacity - A radio capacity management system (RCMS) and method are adapted to integrate within an existing network of cells that form a local cellular wireless communications network. The RCMS is not limited by the types or number of sites that form the cellular wireless communications network. Such sites have idle, redundant RF radio channel resources. The RCMS reallocates idle RF resources between the network of cells whether those resources are redundant or not. Reallocations are based on a dynamic, as-need basis or on historical quality-of-service data specific to each cell. The RCMS includes a master capacity management (MCMS) system that continuously communicates with a base station controller which provides resource capacity data from each site to the MCMS. The MCMS uses this date to determine when a cell requires additional radio transceiver capacity and where the capacity will be reallocated from. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120184313 | Method and System for Medium Access with Reduced Power Consumption for Constrained Wireless Devices - A first wireless communication device may be operable to communicate with one or more other wireless communication devices to schedule access to a medium that is shared by the first wireless communication device and the one or more other wireless communication devices. After one or more medium access periods are scheduled for the first wireless communication device, the first wireless communication device may transmit data onto the medium upon receiving a medium reservation message which designates the first wireless communication device during the one or more medium access periods scheduled for the first wireless communication device. One or more portions of the first wireless communication device may be configured to operate in a first mode during medium access periods scheduled for the first wireless communication device, and configured to operate in a power-saving mode at times other than the medium access periods scheduled for the first wireless communication device. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120184314 | DETERMINING AN UPLINK CONTROL PATH WITH BLIND DECODING - In an aspect, a method assists with blind decoding of uplink control signals on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) and Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH). The method assists in determining the uplink control path in the event a user equipment (UE) misses an uplink grant and blind decoding occurs. It is determined whether an uplink acknowledgement, rank indicator, and/or channel quality indicator are found on a PUSCH. If not, it is determined whether a scheduling request is expected and whether special handling for the scheduling request is indicated. Depending on those determinations, and whether any decoding attempts for uplink signals are successful, either the PUSCH or PUCCH is selected as the uplink control path. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120184315 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and corresponding systems for determining a transmit power in a mobile device include receiving, in the mobile device, a cell-wide power control parameter related to a target receive power at a serving base station. Thereafter, a transmit power is calculated in response to the cell-wide power control parameter and an implicit mobile-specific power control parameter. The mobile device then transmits using the transmit power. The cell-wide power control parameter can be a cell target signal to interference-plus-noise ratio, or a fractional power control exponent. The implicit mobile-specific power control parameter can be a modulation and coding level previously used by the mobile device, or a downlink SINR level measured by the mobile device. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120184316 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system, includes a base station apparatus; and a terminal apparatus, wherein radio communication is performed between the base station apparatus and terminal apparatus, the terminal apparatus includes: a required time notification signal generation unit which generates a required time notification signal indicating a required time for change of a transmission bandwidth or a reception bandwidth to the base station apparatus; and a transmission unit which transmits the required time notification signal, and the base station apparatus includes a reception unit which receives the required time notification signal. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120184317 | Wireless Communication System for High-Speed Vehicle Travelling Over Fixed Path - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting a same pilot sequence from a transmitting end to a receiving end in a multi-antenna wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises the steps of: setting an identical pilot pattern in a plurality of transmitting antennas, allocating respectively different pilot sequences to the set pilot patterns, and transmitting the allocated pilot sequences to the receiving end, wherein at least one of the transmitting antennas forms a valid communication link with one of the receiving antennas. Here, when there is a plurality of valid communication links, the plurality of communication links are mutually independent. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120190393 | RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND MEASUREMENT METHOD - A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a PRS transmission unit | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120190394 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING METHOD FOR GROUP COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving control information for group communications in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a control information transmission method for group communication in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of, a base station: receiving a group communication request from one or more terminals; determining a plurality of terminals which will perform the group communication; allocating resources which are to be used for performing the group communication; and transmitting information on the plurality of terminals and resource allocation information on the resources which are to be used, to the one or more terminals among the plurality of terminals. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120190395 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING DOWNLINK SCHEDULING INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for configuring downlink scheduling information are used to control times of blind detection in multi-carrier system. The method includes that: a downlink carrier set and an uplink carrier set are allocated to a terminal which sends a service request; according to the bandwidth information of each carrier of the system, obtained terminal type information, currently received channel quality information fed back from the terminal, transmission modes which are allocated to each member carrier in the downlink carrier set and the uplink carrier set and determined carrier scheduling modes of the terminal, at least one member carrier in the downlink carrier set is selected as a member carrier of Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) activation carrier set; the times of PDCCH blind detection can not exceed the each sub frame maximum blind detection times supported by the terminal in the terminal type information, wherein the PDCCH blind detection is used for uplink and downlink scheduling, and the PDCCH activation carrier set is used to be provided for the terminal to perform the PDCCH blind detection. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120196635 | Utilization-Based Threshold for Choosing Dynamically Between Eager and Lazy Scheduling Strategies in RF Resource Allocation - Embodiment are directed to an apparatus and/or method of dynamically selecting scheduling strategies in resource allocation. The method includes measuring a multi-radio radio frequency hardware scheduling workload, comparing the measured multi-radio radio frequency hardware scheduling workload with a threshold, and dynamically selecting a more optimal shared hardware component scheduling strategy based on a result of the comparing. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120196636 | SUSPENDING TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of increasing operational safety of a wireless communication network operating in a process control environment and having a plurality of network devices includes detecting a first triggering condition associated with an increased operational risk due to a wireless transmissions by at least one of the plurality of network devices, sending a suspend command to at least some of the plurality of network devices, suspending transmissions at the at least some of the plurality of network devices; and resuming transmissions at the at least some of the plurality of network devices upon occurrence of a second triggering condition. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120196637 | Uplink Transmit Diversity - The present invention discloses a method in a wireless access network node for controlling a UE. The UE comprises at least two transmit antennas, and is capable of uplink transmit diversity. There is an antenna weight associated with each transmit antenna. First, the wireless access network node determines that the antenna weights of the user equipment may be controlled. Then, it creates a control signal that comprises control information and transmits it to the user equipment. The control information controls a UE autonomous selection of the antenna weights in the UE. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120202542 | Method and Apparatus for Reducing Intercell Interference - In one aspect, the present invention provides methods ( | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120202543 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING PAGING FOR DOWNLINK DATA - A method and apparatus for paging downlink (DL) data to one or more Machine-to-Machine (M | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120202544 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING THE INITIAL TRANSMISSION POWER OF A TERMINAL IN A CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for setting the transmission power of a terminal in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the initial transmission power by means of which the terminal transmits a signal via an uplink non-anchor carrier is determined by reflecting the transmission power by means of which the terminal has most recently transmitted a signal via an uplink anchor carrier and by reflecting the difference between channel environments of the uplink anchor carrier and the uplink non-anchor carrier, in a wireless communication system using a broadband formed by carrier aggregation. Consequently, the initial transmission power of the terminal is set as accurately as possible in the uplink non-anchor carrier, thereby preventing signal transmission delay and improving the reliability of received signals. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120202545 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The disclosed radio base station ( | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120202546 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station ( | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120208580 | FORWARD ERROR CORRECTION SCHEDULING FOR AN IMPROVED RADIO LINK PROTOCOL - Forward error correction scheduling techniques for an improved radio link protocol used in a wireless communication system, such as EV-DO. In one embodiment scheduling of the generation of repair symbols encoded to be transmitted along with source data is described. In another embodiment acknowledgment messages from a receiver are used to control the trailing edge of the protection window offered by the repair symbols. In another embodiment, non-acknowledgment messages from a receiver are used to control the generation of extra repair symbols. In another embodiment, a length field is used to avoid transmission of padding bytes over the air. In yet another embodiment, a symbol auxiliary field is appended to source symbols to indicate the padding bytes needed for symbol aligning thus avoiding the transmission of padding bytes over the air. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120208581 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM BASE STATION AND RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a distributed antenna system that selects an antenna in accordance with the position of a mobile terminal and reduces the variation in the total number of mobile terminals using each antenna while maintaining adequate communication quality. In the distributed antenna system in which a large number of antennas are distributively disposed, an antenna group including antennas having good communication quality is selected in accordance with the position of a mobile terminal. Further, in accordance with the communication quality and load status of a current antenna group and with the communication quality and load status of a post-change antenna group, which is obtained by changing some antennas in the current antenna group, the post-change antenna group is formed by changing some antennas in the current antenna group with which a mobile terminal using a heavily loaded antenna communicates. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120208582 | FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR A FREQUENCY SHARING SYSTEM IN AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE A PRIMARY LICENSING SYSTEM IS PRESENT - Provided is a method and apparatus for assigning a frequency in an environment where an incumbent system exists. In a frequency environment where the incumbent system exists, a frequency resource management may be smoothly performed using a plurality of frequency sets classified based on a utilization state of each sub-frequency resource. When a frequency sharing system using the same radio access technology (RAT) as a frequency sharing system to be assigned with a frequency resource exists, it is possible to reduce overhead for frequency sharing by priorly assigning a corresponding frequency resource to the frequency sharing system to be assigned with the frequency resource. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120208583 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for controlling uplink transmission power in a multi-carrier wireless communication system comprising: receiving, from a base station, downlink control information containing an uplink transmission power control command, and one or more pieces of uplink carrier indicator information for indicating an uplink carrier to which the uplink transmission power control command is to be applied; determining an uplink carrier, to which the uplink transmission power control command is to be applied, on the basis of said one or more pieces of uplink carrier indicator information; determining a transmission power for the determined uplink carrier one the basis of the downlink control information; and transmitting, to the base station, an uplink signal on the determined uplink carrier on the basis of the determined transmission power. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120208584 | Method and Arrangement in a Communication System - The present invention relates to the area of communication, and especially to a method and an arrangement for antenna calibration in a communication system comprising a baseband unit (BBU) and distributed radio remote units (RRUs). The present invention aims to limit antenna calibration duration in the antenna calibration chain. A cable delay based on the length of the cable connecting the BBU and the RRU is obtained. A delay compensation is calculated based upon the cable delay. Thereupon the antenna calibration chain utilized by the BBU and the RRU is adapted based upon the delay compensation. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120214527 | CONTROLLING APPLICATION ACCESS TO A NETWORK - A method of wireless communication includes intercepting a request from an application desiring use of communication resources. The intercepted request is held and is then evaluated to determine whether the held request can be released. The held request is released based on the outcome of the evaluation. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120214528 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - The selection range of antenna candidates effective for MIMO communication is widened in a base station to increase the throughput of MIMO communication. A terminal sends a sounding signal at given time intervals with the maximum transmission power or with an antenna selection transmission power threshold or larger. With this transmission, since the number of antenna candidates that receive the signal is increased at a base station in the distributed antenna system, the radio propagation channel state between the terminal and the base station apparatus is checked to select the combination of antennas having good orthogonality. Before the terminal sends the sounding signal, the terminal reserves beforehand the transmission timing of the sounding signal or performs carrier sensing to determine whether a surrounding terminal is sending a signal to avoid the collision/interference of packets of sounding signals between terminals. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120214529 | RADIO RESOURCE RANGE SETTING DEVICE, RADIO RESOURCE RANGE SETTING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A device acquires load information representing a load of radio communication performed between a base station and a plurality of communication terminals performing radio communication with the base station by using a radio resource allocated by the base station. The device sets in response to the acquired load information, from a first radio resource range and a second radio resource range, a radio resource range that the base station can allocate to an edge communication terminal whose channel quality is less than a predetermined threshold. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120220325 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS OF MACHINE TO MACHINE (M2M) TERMINALS - A method for random access of Machine to Machine (M2M) terminals is applied to a plurality of M2M terminals. The method includes dividing the plurality of M2M terminals into at least one terminal group, and allocating an identifier for each terminal group. After receiving the paging broadcast signaling transmitted by the base station, an M2M terminal in a terminal group determines whether the terminal group identifier carried in the paging broadcast signaling is the identifier of the terminal group that includes the M2M terminal. If true, the M2M terminal starts a random access process. A base station transmits a paging broadcast signaling on the basis of a terminal group rather than issuing a paging broadcast signaling only to individual M2M terminals so that a plurality of M2M terminals can be randomly accessed smoothly and efficiently without causing network access congestion nor affecting the use of public network users. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120220326 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING INFORMATION OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION USER EQUIPMENT - A method and a system for acquiring information of Machine Type Communication (MTC) user equipment (UE) are provided. The method comprises the steps of: an MTC GateWay (MTC GW) acquiring the information of the MTC UE which currently requests to attach to a network or has attached to a network from a mobility management network element; the MTC GW sending the information of the MTC UE acquired from the mobility management network element to an MTC Server. The method and the system can control the MTC UE in real time and intelligently. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120220327 | METHOD AND A BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING A CSI-RS, AND A METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING THE CSI-RS - A base station in a wireless communication system transmits a CSI-RS of a cell every 1×N subframes or 1×N ms with muting CSI-RS REs of a neighboring cell every m×N subframes. A BS can estimate channel state of the neighboring cell with higher accuracy by using a CSI-RS of the neighboring cell received in the muted REs. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120225683 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methods are described for managing channel selection among a plurality of mesh points in a wireless network. In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a first announcement that includes channel exclusion information from a first mesh point; managing a distributed channel exclusion list based on the announcement; and generating a second announcement to the first mesh point based on the channel exclusion list. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120231825 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - A wireless radio device includes a wireless transceiver configured to receive on a first channel set and transmit on a second channel set and a control circuit. The control circuit determines one or more available channels for transmission and selects one or more channels for the second channel set from the channels available for transmission. The control circuit also determines one or more available channels for reception, the one or more available channels for reception including the one or more available channels for transmission and one or more channels that are not available for transmission due to operation of an incumbent radio device in a location of the radio device; and selects one or more channels for the first channel set from the channels available for reception. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120231826 | WIRELESS DEVICE POSITION DETERMINING AND FREQUENCY ASSIGNING SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS - Wireless communication methods determine a position of a first wireless base station. A wireless communication frequency to be used by the first wireless base station is determined by identifying a common frequency that can be used at a plurality of locations surrounding and spaced apart from the position of the first wireless base station that was determined. The first wireless base station may be a femto-base station and the frequency may be an unlicensed frequency. Related systems and devices are also described. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120231827 | Redirecting a Wireless Communication Device to a Different Frequency - A wireless communication device (WCD) may be able to acquire wireless service from preferred wireless coverage areas that are managed by the WCD's service provider. In some cases, the WCD may instead use wireless service from non-preferred wireless coverage areas of the service provider's roaming partners. In order to save roaming fees, the service provider's RAN may determine when the WCD is likely to roam to a non-preferred wireless coverage area. In response to this determination, the RAN may transmit a redirect message to the WCD, causing the WCD to switch from one preferred wireless coverage area to another preferred wireless coverage area. In some situations, the RAN may transmit such a redirect message because the WCD has reported that it has a low remaining battery life. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120231828 | DESYNCHRONIZED NETWORK ACCESS IN M2M NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed to desynchronize transmissions in group-based operations. A group user equipment (UE), e.g., a UE that is a member of a group of UEs, may be in an inactive mode. The group UE may receive a multicast message indicating that the group UE may enter an active mode. For example, the group UE may use the active mode for periodic reporting of its monitoring activity to the network. The multicast message may indicate a mechanism for the group UE to use to send an uplink transmission to the network. The group UE may send the uplink transmission to the network at a transmission time indicated by the mechanism. The transmission time may be desynchronized from other UEs in the group. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120231829 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention provides a resource management method and system thereof. The resource management method includes: judging whether the variation degree of work state of a communication system will result in the change of resource management information of the communication system or not, if so, then the resource management information is re-collected, wherein the resource management information includes the state, the interference state among links and service stream information relating to each node in the communication system; and determining the resource allocation strategy of the communication system according to the resource management information. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120238303 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE SATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system including a base station apparatus including a first memory to store a schedule for communication using each of a plurality of set values of a predetermined communication element in the physical layer, a first antenna to communicate with a terminal apparatus using a first set value of the plurality of set values in accordance with the schedule stored in the first memory, and a first processor to select a second set value of the plurality of set values if the condition of communication performed with the terminal apparatus by the first antenna using the first set value has deteriorated, and cause the first antenna to perform communication using the selected second set value in accordance with the schedule and the terminal apparatus including a second memory to store the schedule, a second antenna to communicate with the base station apparatus, and a second processor. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120238304 | ASSISTED LOCATION-BASED WIRELESS SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - Apparatus having corresponding computer-readable media comprise: a first transceiver, wherein the first transceiver includes a receiver configured to receive a first message from a first device, wherein the first message includes a location of the first device, and a transmitter configured to transmit a second message, wherein the second message includes the location of the first device, and a request for a frequency allocation based on the location of the first device; wherein the receiver is further configured to receive a third message, wherein the third message includes the frequency allocation; and a second transceiver configured to wirelessly communicate on a frequency band indicated by the frequency allocation. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120238305 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL PARAMETER, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for obtaining an uplink transmit power control parameter, where the method is applicable to a radio communication system using a CoMP transmission technology and includes: obtaining, by an base station, a downlink path loss of a serving cell serving for a UE and a sum of a each difference between a downlink path loss of each coordinated cell serving for the UE and the downlink path loss of the serving cell; obtaining, by the base station, a downlink path loss of the UE in a coordinated multi-point transmission environment and a transmit power control command of the UE in the coordinated multi-point transmission environment according to the downlink path loss of the serving cell and the sum of differences between downlink path losses. Thereby, the reduction of cell throughput and waste of UE power consumption is avoided. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120244900 | User Scheduling Method and Base Station in Coordinated Scheduling - The invention provides a method and a device for confirming a downlink inner loop power control mode by a Node B in an idle mode and in a CELL_FACH state. The method includes that: when the Node B detects that there is User Equipment (UE) using an E-DCH in the idle mode or in the CELL_FACH state, confirming to use a mode 0 to receive Transmit Power Control (TPC) bit information sent on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) by the UE, and performing downlink inner loop power control on a Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH). The method and device provided in the invention enable the inner loop power control mode for the F-DPCH made by the Node B to be consistent with the TPC bit information mode fed back by the UE, and enable the F-DPCH to use proper transmit power to transmit. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120244901 | Allocation of Frequency Spectrum in Spectrum-on-Demand Systems - Disclosed herein is a method and a Radio Resource Management arrangement in a wireless communication system for allocating communication of one or several services to at least one of several available frequency spectrum resources. The method comprises the steps of categorizing said available frequency spectrum resources with respect to volatility, and categorizing said one or several services with respect to compressibility, and assigning said one or several services to the available spectrum resources such that compressible services are assigned to volatile spectrum resources. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120252512 | DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES - A method of data transfer between wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) is described. The WTRUs may be within a given geographic area of each other or in communication with the same network. Location information relating to the WTRUs may be determined. The location information may be presented to a user of the WTRU. Data may be transferred from one WTRU to a target WTRU based on user input. The WTRU may determine the target WTRU based on user input and/or location information. The user input may be a gestural input. The gestural input may be received via a display or touchscreen. The user input may identify a given action or identify a particular file for transfer. The WTRU may receive data from the target WTRU. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120252513 | RADIO BASE STATION - Even when it is not possible to appropriately receive SRS, a control process is appropriately performed. A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes a control unit | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120258747 | SERVER CLUSTER AND METHOD FOR PUSH NOTIFICATION SERVICE - A server cluster and method for providing a push notification service are provided. The method includes searching for, by a management server cluster, a first push server corresponding to predetermined search criteria from among a plurality of push servers upon receiving a request to connect with a push server from a mobile terminal; providing, by the management server cluster, connection information regarding the found first push server to the mobile terminal; and delivering, by the first push server, upon generation of a notification event after connecting with the mobile terminal, event information corresponding to the push notification event to the connected mobile terminal. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258748 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING AND TRANSMITTING SENSOR DATA - Systems and methods for continuous measurement of an analyte in a host are provided. The system generally includes a continuous analyte sensor configured to continuously measure a concentration of analyte in a host and a sensor electronics module physically connected to the continuous analyte sensor during sensor use, wherein the sensor electronics module is further configured to directly wirelessly communicate sensor information to one or more display devices. Establishment of communication between devices can involve using a unique identifier associated with the sensor electronics module to authenticate communication. Times tracked at the sensor electronics module and the display module can be at different resolutions, and the different resolutions can be translated to facilitate communication. In addition, the frequency of establishing communication channels between the sensor electronics module and the display devices can vary depending upon whether reference calibration information is being updated. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258749 | Management of Radio Frequencies in a Wireless or Hybrid Mesh Network - In a wireless or hybrid mesh communication system, radio frequencies are managed by assigning an in-use frequency channel to each local family of nodes, distributing spare frequency channel(s) among the local families of nodes, and changing the in-use frequency channel of at least one selected local family of nodes to a new frequency channel selected among its spare frequency channel(s), if any, or among the spare frequency channel(s) of another local family of nodes if said at least one selected local family of nodes has no spare frequency channel(s), and/or as the in-use frequency channel of another local family of nodes if none of said local families of nodes has spare frequency channel(s). | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTIVELY CONTROLLING CELL RESELECTION PRIORITY OF USER EQUIPMENT IN CSG CELL - A method by which a User Equipment (UE) controls a cell reselection priority in a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell and an apparatus thereof are provided. The method of reselecting a cell by a UE in a mobile communication system includes receiving priority information about a cell reselection priority by frequencies transmitted from the mobile communication system, performing a cell reselection process according to the received priority information, determining whether a CSG cell to which the UE is allowed to connect is reselected, and assigning a highest cell reselection priority to a frequency for the CSG cell in reselecting the CSG cell. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258751 | NETWORK SYSTEM FOR AUDIO EQUIPMENT, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Wireless microphone systems are used, for example, in theater, stage performances, television, broadcast radio or in concerts to amplify voices or instruments for a large audience. Due to the plurality of actors or musicians, a corresponding number of audio channels is required to transmit the audio information. 20 to 50 audio channels can thus be required in a parallel mode even in common applications. The invention relates to a network system ( | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258752 | BASE STATION SYNCHRONISATION - A method for determining data enabling a plurality of secondary base stations to time their transmissions to a mobile station within a timing range. The mobile station obtains time delays of transmissions from each of the secondary base stations in reaching the mobile station, and determines time delay differences between the time delays and a reference time delay associated with a primary base station. The mobile station transmits the time delay differences to the plurality of secondary base stations. Each secondary base station receives the difference between its own transmission time delay and the reference time delay, compares the difference with a time range, and corrects the timing of its transmissions if the difference is outside of the time range. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120258753 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - Disclosed are techniques for managing situations where spectrum use by one party is preempted by spectrum needs of another party. A revocation may be sent from a spectrum management system to secondary radio systems that are impacted by the presence of priority radio system. Remedial action may be taken if an acknowledgement of the revocation message is not received from a secondary radio system. Also, the secondary radio systems may transmit keep-alive messages to monitor operation of the communication pathway for the revocation messages. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120264468 | SENSING CONFIGURATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIOS - The present invention proposes methods, devices and computer program products in relation to a communication module configured for communication in a carrier aggregation mode aggregating a primary and at least one secondary carrier. Scheduling information is carried in a control channel of one of the carriers, the scheduling information being associated to a respective one of said aggregated carriers and designating search spaces for payload in a payload channel of said respective aggregated carrier. Sensing is performed responsive to a sensing command added to the scheduling information associated to said at least one secondary carrier, which sensing command commands sensing to be performed on said at least one secondary carrier. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120264469 | BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND ASSOCIATED METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND USER EQUIPMENTS - The invention relates to a base transceiver station (BTS) for communicating with a plurality of user equipments (UE | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120264470 | COMMON RADIO ELEMENT APPLICATION MANAGER ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS PICOCELLS - A multi-modal multi-modulation base station such as a picocell is disclosed. The base station can include multiple radio devices that can be configured to communicate with user devices using different protocols and different frequencies. The base station includes a backhaul interface to core networks that can also operate according to multiple protocols. A common radio element application manager control operations of the radio devices including core network connectivity, mode-to-mode communications, and synchronization of picocell features. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120264471 | TECHNIQUES FOR GENERATING AND USING A RESERVATION MAP - A method of allocation transmission channels of a frequency band to has each of a plurality of remote stations monitor all channels of the frequency band in its area for the presence of transmissions from stations not part of the network. Each remote station transmits its clear channel list to a master station that aggregates the clear channel list into a reservation map, or map of channels that are clear to all stations in the network. The master station then transmits the reservation map to all stations of the network. The individual stations use the channels of the reservation map to transmit information to the master station. Preferably transmission is accomplished using frequency hopping using a set of channels selected from the reservation map. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120270586 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF SELECTING RESOURCE OF APPLICATION IN WIRELESS TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method of selecting a resource of an application in a wireless terminal, which can selectively download an optimum resource of the application appropriate for the wireless terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a controller for, when a download of an application is selected, downloading an application having a resource corresponding to screen information of the wireless terminal from applications for respective resources for the application provided by an application provider. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120270587 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - This invention has as its object to set a one-to-one relationship upon establishing a wireless communication channel between a wireless communication device on the information transmitting side and a wireless communication device that receives and processes the information even in an environment including a plurality of wireless communication devices, and to assure simple user's operations at least until the communication channel is established. To this end, when the user inputs a wireless communication channel establishment instruction to both a digital camera and printer having wireless communication functions, these devices execute wireless communication establishment processes within an allowable time period which is specified by a time set in a timer and a retry count. When the devices can seize each other within that time period, the communication channel is established. After that, the digital camera sends a sensed image to the printer, which prints the sensed image. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120282962 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENT RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT IN A SCENARIO INVOLVING MULTIPLE MOBILE VEHICLES - Various embodiments of the present invention relate to wireless network management. One specific example relates to efficient radio frequency (RF) spectrum management involving multiple mobile vehicles, whereby a system and/or a method of the invention achieves greatly improved spectral efficiency in the assignment of frequency bands to communications channels between the vehicles and/or stationary ground stations. Other examples of the present invention provide systems and methods to analyze the RF emissions resulting from the motion of transmitters and/or receivers through airspace with the help of five-dimensional quanta of space (x, y, z), time and frequency to assign frequency bands to test plans (including previously-validated test plan(s) and/or to-be-validated test plan(s)). In one specific example, the analysis is directed to the assignment of frequency bands with and without reuse. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120282963 | METHOD, USER TERMINAL AND NETWORK SIDE EQUIPMENT FOR IMPROVING NETWORK RESOURCE OCCUPANCY - A method, a user terminal and a network side equipment for improving network resource occupation are disclosed. A dormancy timer is set for the user terminal and a time threshold of the dormancy timer is adjusted dynamically by monitoring a resource occupation rate of the communication system, where time threshold of the dormancy timer is inversely proportional to the resource occupation rate. In this way, relatively longer time threshold of the dormancy timer may be set when a system occupation rate is low, so as to improve user experience; and relatively shorter time threshold of the dormancy timer may be set when the system occupation rate is high, so as to provide a higher capacity and provide services for more user terminals. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120289270 | POWER CONTROL OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN AN LTE SYSTEM - In some examples, a method for power control of control channels in a radio communication system is described. The method may include transmitting, with a first transmission power, first scheduling data in a common search space of a PDCCH. The method may also include transmitting, with a second transmission power, second scheduling data in a specific search space of the PDCCH. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120289271 | DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, SERVER, BASE STATION, AND METHOD - A data distribution system includes a mobile station, a base station, and a server that distributes data to the mobile station via the base station. The base station transmits information about a line condition between the base station and the mobile station to the server. The server distributes data to the base station based on the information about the line condition. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120289272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK SPECTRUM BASED ON AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus for allocating a cognitive radio network spectrum based on aggregation. The method includes: obtaining information about unoccupied spectrum fragments and unit capacity information of a secondary users on different spectrum fragments, and constructing a solution matrix; calculating a reference index corresponding to the solution matrix, determining a resource allocation vector according to the reference index, and allocating resources after selecting a resource allocation element from the resource allocation vector; and removing a resource allocation element that is used in the resource allocation from the solution matrix, and then constructing a new solution matrix to continue allocating resources until unoccupied spectrum resources corresponding to the information about unoccupied spectrum fragments are allocated completely. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120289273 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING/PARSING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INDICATION MESSAGE - A method, a transmitter and a receiver for generating a resource allocation indication message are provided. The method includes, if M serving zones provide one of at least two service types, mapping each of one of N and N−1 resource units to a resource mapping identity represented by one bit, and generating the resource allocation indication message using at least one resource mapping identity, wherein the resource allocation indication message indicates the allocation of N resource units numbered for M serving zones, wherein the M is an integer equal to or larger than 1, and wherein the N is an integer equal to or larger than M. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120289274 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal includes: a notification information acquiring section which acquires notification information containing information related to all frequencies allocated to cells provided by a base station that provides access-restricted cells; a frequency information storing section which stores cell information containing information contained in the notification information; a frequency selecting section which selects one arbitrary frequency from a plurality of frequencies provided by an access-restricted base station to be accessible in a past when detecting that the communication terminal approximates to a cell of the access-restricted base station to be accessible in the past, based on the notification information and the cell information; and a transmitting section which transmits the proximity indication message containing the frequency selected by the frequency selecting section, to the base station that provides the currently connected cell. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120295651 | ADAPTIVE ARRAY BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE ARRAY BASE STATION - To transmit at least a part of control information by adaptive array control, an adaptive array base station ( | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120295652 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REQUESTING UPLINK RADIO RESOURCES - An example apparatus is provided that may provide for transmission of a first scheduling request and increment an alert counter upon transmitting the request. The apparatus may then determine if uplink resources have been received and, if not, provide for transmission of a second scheduling request. The apparatus may increment the alert counter in response to transmitting the second scheduling request. The apparatus may also provide for transmission of an indication that the alert counter has reached an alert counter threshold, in response to which, the apparatus may receive dummy uplink resources that may cause the alert counter to reset. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120302272 | Resource Allocation Control - There are provided measures for resource allocation control. Such measures may exemplarily include allocating resources based on a resource allocation assignment including at least an assignment of a resource allocation amount of granted resources for transmission to logical channels, for which data is available for transmission, according to a priority and a prioritized bit rate of each logical channel, and calculating a metric indicative of a result of the resource allocation in terms of at least one of requirements of the prioritized bit rates of the logical channels and the available data of the logical channels. Such measures may also exemplarily include receiving, from at least one device, a metric indicative of a result of resource allocation at said at least one device in terms of at least one of requirements of prioritized bit rates and available transmission data of logical channels, evaluating the received at least one metric with respect to a resource allocation assignment, and modifying the resource allocation assignment based on a result of the evaluation. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120302273 | REDUCING SPECTRUM INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for reducing spectrum interference between wireless networks. This is realized by arranging at least one sub-coordinating apparatus, namely, a monitoring apparatus, in respective wireless network, and by arranging a coordinating apparatus, namely, an allocation apparatus in the whole network. Wherein, the sub-coordinating apparatus monitors the spectrum utilization situation of the wireless network where it is located, reports it to the coordinating apparatus, and requests the coordinating apparatus for spectrum resource when new spectrum resource is needed. The coordinating apparatus maintains the spectrum utilization information of each wireless network, and allocates appropriate spectrum resource to the sub-coordinating apparatus which requests spectrum resource based on the maintained information. Therefore, the interference of inter-wireless networks is reduced or even avoided through such overall management that the coordinating apparatus allocates corresponding spectrum resources to a plurality of wireless networks capable of sharing spectrum resources. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120302274 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus selectively performs one of a first transmission method using for data transmission a radio resource which is assigned by a radio communication apparatus and which can be used on a contention basis by a plurality of radio communication apparatus and a second transmission method involving random access. Alternatively, the radio communication apparatus selectively performs one of the first transmission method and a third transmission method involving a request made to the radio communication apparatus to assign a radio resource for data transmission. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120309440 | Methods and Systems for a Generic Multi-Radio Access Technology - Generic devices, systems and methods for multiple radio access technologies (RATs) are described. An arrangement can include, for example, a multiple radio access technology (RAT) platform configured to enable communications with a plurality of different RATs using procedures associated with transceiver processing functions, wherein the procedures implement the transceiver processing functions through functional units (FUs) which perform operations, the FUs being implemented in at least one of hardware and software; and wherein the FUs are configured by functional unit descriptors (FUDs) which instruct an FU regarding at least one of: (a) from which memory location to fetch data to operate upon or parameters associated with an operation to be performed by the FU, (b) to which memory location to store data as a result of an operation and (c) a message type to output after the operation. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120309441 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION - The present invention presents methods providing for system resource-efficient radio resource allocation of mobile terminals. The methods may include generating a first scheduling message including first scheduling information indicative of at least a first radio resource allocated to a first mobile terminal. The methods may also include generating a second scheduling message including second scheduling information, which, when combined with said first scheduling information, is indicative of a second radio resource allocated to a second mobile terminal. The methods may further include transmitting said first scheduling message to said first and second mobile terminals using a first robustness level, and transmitting said second scheduling message to said second mobile terminal using a second robustness level. Related network nodes and mobile terminals are also provided. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120309442 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPECTRUM SENSING - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for adapting a device set of one or more radio devices providing detection estimates for the presence of a primary radio resource user. A first detection estimate for the presence of the user is determined on the basis of spectrum sensing. At least one other detection estimate for the presence of the user is received from the device set. A detection value is generated on the basis of the first detection estimate and the at least one other detection estimate, and the device set is adapted on the basis of the detection value. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120315939 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for reporting channel quality information in a wireless telecommunication network, wherein the network includes a radio base station in wireless communication with a plurality of user equipments by user transmission channels, and wherein the method includes the radio base station: detecting a coherence bandwidth associated to a total transmission channel, the total transmission channel including the user transmission channels of the plurality of user equipments; selecting one reporting technique for reporting channel quality information among a plurality of available reporting techniques, the selection being based on the coherence bandwidth; and transmitting a first message to each of the plurality of user equipments, the message reporting an indication of the selected reporting technique. A radio base station, a public mobile network and a user equipment suitable to implement the method are also disclosed. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120315940 | Methods and Apparatus for Overlapping MIMO Physical Sectors - A system for communicating with wireless devices. The systems includes radio groups whose MIMO physical sectors overlap. The MIMO physical sectors communicate using different channels. The MIMO physical sectors overlap to form an area of overlap. Each radio group includes directional antennas and radios. Radios are selectively coupled to the antennas. The antennas that are oriented so that the physical sectors of the antennas overlap to operate as MIMO antennas and form the MIMO physical sector for the radio group. The antennas operate as a MIMO antenna. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120315941 | Finding Carriers in a Radio Communication Network - A mobile station comprises a radio communication unit ( | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120315942 | REDUCING SPECTRUM INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for reducing spectrum interference between wireless networks. This is realized by arranging at least one sub-coordinating apparatus, namely, a monitoring apparatus, in respective wireless network, and by arranging a coordinating apparatus, namely, an allocation apparatus in the whole network. Wherein, the sub-coordinating apparatus monitors the spectrum utilization situation of the wireless network where it is located, reports it to the coordinating apparatus, and requests the coordinating apparatus for spectrum resource when new spectrum resource is needed. The coordinating apparatus maintains the spectrum utilization information of each wireless network, and allocates appropriate spectrum resource to the sub-coordinating apparatus which requests spectrum resource based on the maintained information. Therefore, the interference of inter-wireless networks is reduced or even avoided through such overall management that the coordinating apparatus allocates corresponding spectrum resources to a plurality of wireless networks capable of sharing spectrum resources. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120322481 | BAND STEERING - A method for band steering includes, with a wireless access point, refraining from responding to a probe request from a client device on a first frequency band until a first period of time has elapsed if said client device is capable of communication on a second frequency band. The method further includes, with the wireless access point, responding immediately to a probe request from said client device on said second frequency band. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322482 | CONNECTION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for a base station to control a state of a mobile station based on a traffic condition of the mobile station are provided. The terminal operation control method includes controlling a terminal having ongoing traffic while the terminal is in an awake state, determining whether a pseudo awake timer of the terminal expires, wherein the pseudo awake timer counts a time for which the terminal in the awake state has no traffic, withdrawing, when the pseudo awake timer expires, a resource allocated to the terminal, and transitioning the state of the terminal to a pseudo awake state. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322483 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE OF COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL WITH DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for allocating resources of a common control channel includes determining a carrier type, allocating, when the carrier is backward compatible, resources for a Physical Control Format Indicator CHannel (PCFICH), and allocating resources for a common control channel with a dedicated reference signal based on a Physical Resource Block allocated for the PCFICH. A UE can receive the common control channel without extra signaling by mapping the common control channel to the frequency resource based on the cell-specific parameter or channel. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322484 | Controlling Communication Devices - A method and control apparatus for a wireless communication system is disclosed for providing grouping of sets of paired communication devices into groups of paired communication devices at least in part based on information about other paired communication devices. The information is determined based on detection by at least one of the communication devices in a relevant set of paired communication devices. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322485 | CELL MANAGEMENT METHOD AND A CORRESPONDING CONTROLLER THEREOF IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of managing a cell of a radio telecommunication network, the cell including a site controller to control, via a packet network, a plurality of transmitters distributed over different sites of the cell such that the transmitters of the different sites transmitting over a same frequency band form a transmission channel, a channel of the transmission channel being a control channel dedicated to a transmission of signals relative to an operation of the cell, the signals including general operating signals and specific operating signals, the method including: transmitting a request comprising general operating signals from the site controller to a transmitter selected by said site controller to control storage of general operating signals in the selected transmitter, and to control handling of a transmission of the general operating signals addressed to all terminals present in the cell over the control channel in case of failure of the site controller and/or of the packet network. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322486 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A CA decision part selects a component carrier to be used for communication with a terminal apparatus from component carriers used for communication by a plurality of base station apparatuses. A CA set notification part notifies a sub-base station apparatus of carrier aggregation information indicating the component carrier selected by the CA decision part. A transmission unit of a main base station apparatus allocates a signal, which is obtained by modulating a part of data to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus, on a first component carrier selected by the CA decision part, and transmits the signal. A transmission unit of the sub-base station apparatus allocates a signal, which is obtained by modulating a part of the data to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus, on a second component carrier indicated by notified carrier aggregation information, and transmits the signal. A reception unit of the terminal apparatus receives the signal from the main base station apparatus using the first component carrier and the signal from the sub-base station apparatus using the second component carrier. A wireless processing part integrates the signals received by the reception unit. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120322487 | SPECTRUM ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Spectrum asset class determination is dynamically assessed so that a radio device may use a more preferred one of licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum for the specific wireless communications application of the radio device. Licensed spectrum, in addition to unlicensed spectrum, may be made available to preferred radio devices by validating that the radio system has an equipment ID and a secondary ID that authorizes the use of the licensed spectrum by the radio system. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120329500 | WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATON SYSTEM, ACCESS NODE AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING A SUCCESS RATE OF A CONNECTION SETUP FOR AN ACCESS TERMINAL - An access node (e.g., BSC, RNC) and a method are described herein for implementing a traffic allocation technique and improving a success rate of a connection setup for an access terminal. In addition, a wireless telecommunication system is described herein which includes an access node (e.g., BSC, RNC), and one or more radio sites (e.g., BTSs), wherein an access terminal is located within a radio coverage area of one of the radio sites, and wherein the access node is configured to implement a traffic allocation technique and is further configured to improve a success rate of a connection setup for the access terminal. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120329501 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR OPTIMIZING RADIO RESOURCE UTILIZATION AT GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements of optimizing radio resource utilization at a group communication for members of a specific group in a communication network system, comprising communication network nodes ( | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120329502 | Feedback Signaling - There is provided an improved solution for generating and compressing uplink channel feedback information in a communication system. The solution includes determining, at a user terminal, information related to a condition of at least one channel between the user terminal and at least one communication point of a cooperative multi-point transmission network, and generating feedback information including, for each reporting sub-band, a channel condition of a predetermined resource block and at least one differential channel condition of at least one other resource block within the same reporting sub-band. The generated feedback information may be communicated to a control node of the co-operative multipoint communication network. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120329503 | Systems and Methods For Controlling The Power at Which a Communication Device Transmits an Uplink Signal - According to some embodiments, there is provided a base station system configured to, among other things, (a) detect whether a particular UE is using too much power to transmit uplink data and (b) in response, transmit a message to the UE instructing the UE to detect a power control RS (PCRS) that is intended only for the particular UE. In some embodiments, the PCRS is transmitted such that the power (actual or nominal) of the PCRS as received by the UE is higher than the power of the previous CRS detected by the UE, thereby leading the UE to calculate a lower PL value, which can lead to the UE lowering its output power. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120329504 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A network apparatus | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120329505 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, CORE NETWORK APPARATUS, AND DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system according to the present invention includes a base station apparatus | 12-27-2012 |
| 20130005374 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SPECTRUM RESERVATION - An approach is provided for providing spectrum reservation in cognitive radio information sharing. A cognitive radio spectrum reservation platform determines information regarding at least one predicted location of at least one device. The cognitive radio spectrum reservation platform also processes and/or facilitates a processing of the information to generate a prediction of one or more cognitive radio resources that are to be used by the at least one device at the at least one predicted location. The cognitive radio spectrum reservation platform further causes, at least in part, a reservation of the one or more cognitive resources from one or more cognitive radio connectivity providers based, at least in part, on the prediction. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130005375 | System and Method for Implementing Coordinated Resource Allocations - A method for implementing coordinated resource allocations includes establishing one or more wireless connections using a first channel with one or more endpoints via at least one remote transceiver. The method further includes determining a schedule that assigns a first number of resource blocks to each endpoint of the one or more endpoints. The method additionally includes receiving one or more neighboring transceiver schedules determined by one or more neighboring base stations. Each neighboring transceiver schedule indicating a different number of resource blocks assigned to each neighboring remote transceiver connected to the respective neighboring base station. The method also includes determining one or more time slots and subcarriers within the first channel to assign to each resource block for each endpoint of the one or more endpoints based on the schedule and the neighboring transceiver schedules. The method further includes determining a power distribution for each resource block for each endpoint. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130005376 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method is disclosed to eliminate inter-cluster interference of user equipment located at the edge of a cluster of cells. The method operates by employing fractional frequency reuse (FFR) principles on clusters or combinations of cells in a wireless neighborhood, in which base stations in the cells coordinate their operations in a scheme known as coordinated multi-point transmission (CoMP). By using the FFR principles to single out edge users of the CoMP cluster, the method mitigates interference and increases throughput for the edge users. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130005377 | Method and Apparatus for Device-to-Device Communication Setup - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for setting up cellular controlled device-to-device communications. A method can comprise sending, from a first device to a radio network node, a request to initiate device-to-device communication with a second device, the request comprising an identification of the second device and a first indicator indicating an intention of a device-to-device type of the communication; receiving, from the radio network node, a resource allocation; and transmitting service contents in the device-to-device communication directly between the first device and the second device using the allocated resources. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130005378 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication system includes a first base station and a second base station that respectively communicate with a mobile station by using a wireless resource. The first base station includes a resource control unit that controls allocation of the wireless resource to the second base station. The second base station includes a communication unit that communicates with the mobile station by using the wireless resource allocated from the first base station. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130005379 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, HIGH POWER BASE STATION, LOW POWER BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system ( | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130012251 | COMMUNICATIONS BASE STATION WITH DECISION FUNCTION FOR DISTRIBUTING TRAFFIC ACROSS MULTIPLE BACKHAULS - A communication station, such as a base station or access point, has multiple backhaul options and distributes backhaul data between the available backhaul options. The communication station includes a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data with user equipments, multiple backhaul interface modules, and a backhaul distribution module arranged for monitoring demand for backhaul bandwidth and distributing data over the backhauls based on the demand for backhaul bandwidth. Additional modules for user data and control plane processing may be included with the user/control distinction used in distributing data over the backhauls. The backhaul options may include a preferred backhaul and an alternate backhaul. Distributing data over the backhauls may be based, for example, on applications associated with the data, financial cost, delay, robustness, computational resources, and/or additional security associated with using a particular backhaul. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130012252 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Optimal transmit power control is performed on each of a periodic SRS and an aperiodic SRS. In a radio communication system in which a mobile station apparatus | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130012253 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes a plurality of communication apparatuses that each uses CCH and a plurality of SCH to carry out communication. The plurality of communication apparatuses includes a master communication apparatus, a first slave communication apparatus, and a second slave communication apparatus. The master communication apparatus transmits SCH information that indicates the SCH that the master communication apparatus itself is using to the first slave communication apparatus; the first slave communication apparatus, when carrying out switching to the SCH that is indicated by the SCH information for communication with the master communication apparatus during communication with the second slave communication apparatus, transmits to the second slave communication apparatus channel switching information indicating that it will carry out switching to the SCH indicated by the SCH information; and the second slave communication apparatus carries out switching to the SCH indicated by the SCH information based on the channel switching information. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130017851 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATIONAANM KIM; Jung HyungAACI Suwon-siAACO KRAAGP KIM; Jung Hyung Suwon-si KR - A method and an apparatus for resource allocation are provided. The method includes measuring the temperature of the mobile terminal, sending, when the measured temperature exceeds an upper threshold temperature set in advance, a request for reduced resource allocation to a corresponding base station, receiving a message for reduced resource allocation corresponding to the sent request from the base station, and performing communication according to reduced resource allocation. Hence, the temperature of the mobile terminal can be kept within an appropriate range. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130017852 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication system and management method thereof. The communication system includes: a radio transceiving layer, including a radio transceiving node combination, where the radio transceiving node combination includes at least one type of the following: a macro cell RRU, a Pico cell RRU, and a Pico cell BRU; a local computing layer, including a local computing node, connected to a radio transceiving node in one or multiple neighboring radio transceiving node combinations and configured to execute all communication processing or a first part of communication processing of a cell corresponding to the local computing node; a centralized computing layer, including a centralized computing node, connected to the local computing node in the local computing layer and configured to execute a second part of communication processing, where the all communication processing includes the first part and second part of communication processing. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130023296 | GROUP RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Provided is a group resource allocation method, including: receiving, from a base station, a group configuration message containing multi-input multi-output (MIMO) mode set information for indicating an MIMO mode set, corresponding to a group containing at least one terminal; receiving, from the base station, a control message which contains resource offset information for indicating the location in the group at which resource allocation begins, control information which commands the stream index allocated to each scheduled terminal in the group, and resource allocation bitmap information for indicating the size of allocated resource for each scheduled terminal in the group; and determining the resource domain allocated by the base station, based on at least one information among the resource offset information, the control information and the resource allocation bitmap information. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130029708 | TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A mobile telecommunications network includes a core and a radio access network having radio means for wireless communication with mobile terminals registered with the network, wherein the radio access network includes control means | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130029709 | PORTABLE TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A PHS terminal includes a communication unit that communicates wirelessly with a base station capable of adaptive array transmission and receives a CCH signal transmitted from the base station in a first time interval, a timing unit that measures the elapsed time since receiving, in the CCH, a BCCH transmitted from the base station in a second time interval, and a control unit that, in cases in which an LCH is established with the base station, transmits an LCH establishment request signal to the base station after the CCH signal has been received and receives, in the CCH, an LCH assignment signal transmitted from the base station, wherein the control unit controls the transmission timing of the LCH establishment request signal, such that the transmission timing of the next BCCH from the base station does not coincide with the transmission timing of the LCH assignment signal. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130029710 | LOW POWER BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a low power base station ( | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130029711 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE OF TERMINAL IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A data transmission and receiving method of a terminal in a distributed antenna system comprises the steps of: receiving information on antenna nodes within a cell from a base station; receiving channel measurement signals determined by each antenna node from the base station; determining a preferred antenna node by measuring the channel measurement signals; transmitting feedback information on the determined antenna node to the base station; receiving antenna allocation information determined on the basis of the feedback information; and receiving data from the base station through an antenna indicated by the antenna allocation information, wherein said antenna node includes at least one antenna. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130035125 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCES IN A COEXISTENCE SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS USING SAME - In a method of receiving one or more resources, an apparatus having a coexistence enabler entity transmits a request message containing information on one or more devices using channels within a TV band to a coexistence manager. Here, the information contains an available channel list obtained from the one or more devices using the channels within the TV band, and the request message further contains one or more of maximum power level, channel load and location information. In the method, the apparatus receives a response message for allocating the resources from the coexistence manager. Here, the response message further contains one or more of information on channel numbers, start frequency, end frequency and maximum power level. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130035126 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A communication apparatus in a wireless power transmission system includes an operating mode converter configured to switch an operating mode of the communication apparatus between a transmitting mode and a receiving mode according to a predetermined timing; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit state information of a channel occupied by a source including the communication apparatus using a continuous wave signal while the communication apparatus is operating in the transmitting mode irrespective of whether the communication apparatus is performing communication via the occupied channel. The source including the communication apparatus is configured to transmit wireless power. The occupied channel has been assigned to the source including the communication apparatus from a plurality of channels available in a communication cell for assignment to a plurality of sources each configured to transmit wireless power. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130035127 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING MACHINE TO MACHINE/MAN SERVICE - The disclosure discloses a device, a method and a system for processing Machine to Machine/Man (M2M) service information to simplify processing courses of the M2M service and to improve processing efficiency of the M2M service. The device comprises: a receiving unit ( | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130040675 | CLOSED LOOP POWER CONTROL IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK BY SELECTING AMONG SETS OF ACCUMULATIVE POWER STEP VALUES - A method is provided in a wireless device for controlling output transmission power from the wireless device. A set is selected among a plurality of sets of power step values, which reside in a memory of the wireless device, responsive to criteria defined in the wireless device. A power control command is received from a radio network node. One of the power step values of the selected set is selected responsive to the power control command. The output transmission power from the wireless device is controlled responsive to the selected power step value. Related methods in radio network nodes and apparatuses are disclosed. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130040676 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A SIGNAL IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a signal-transceiving apparatus for a base station in a distributed antenna system (DAS), comprising: a transmitting module for transmitting a signal; an antenna module which includes a plurality of antennas, and in which a predetermined number of pilot patterns are used in accordance with the size of the coverage area, which is a signal-transmitting range for each of the plurality of antennas, and in accordance with the number of overlapping antenna coverage areas; and a processor which transmits, via the transmitting module, a signal to a terminal using a pilot pattern corresponding to a portion of the plurality of antennas. The same pilot pattern is used for the antennas, the antenna coverage areas of which do not overlap, from among the plurality of antennas. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130040677 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING D2D ID OF USER TERMINAL IN AD-HOC NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for allocating a Device-to-Device (D2D) IDentity (ID) of a user terminal in an ad-hoc network are provided. The method includes determining that a first D2D ID allocated to the user terminal is duplicated with a second D2D ID allocated to at least one other terminal located within a predefined range from the user terminal, determining whether the user terminal is in communication, when the first D2D ID is duplicated with the second D2D ID, and changing the first D2D ID into a third D2D ID with reference to a D2D ID pool so that the first D2D ID is not duplicated with the second D2D ID, when the user terminal is not in communication. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130040678 | M2M EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING SCHEDULING DELAY - Disclosed are M2M equipment and base station capable of adjusting load through a scheduling delay. M2M equipment according to the present invention may comprise a receiver which receives a first message including a scheduling delay indicator directing the M2M equipment to delay transmission of uplink data from a base station, and a processor for controlling transmission of the uplink data to be delayed in response to scheduling delay direction of the first message. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130040679 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An LTE base station | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130040680 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING DEVICE IDENTIFIERS (STID) IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present description provides a method for allocating a device identifier through an initial network entry process with a base station in a wireless access system. The method comprises a step of transmitting control information, indicating a mobile station supporting Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, to a base station; and receiving a first message, comprising at least one of a first identifier indicative of a group to which devices belong and a second identifier indicative of each of the devices belonging to the group, from the base station. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130045765 | Indication Of User Equipment Mobility State To Enhance Mobility And Call Performance - A user equipment UE reports its mobility state in signaling for establishing, re-establishing, or re-configuring a radio connection between the UE and a network access node. In one embodiment the reported mobility state is selected from among normal; medium and high. In another embodiment the reported mobility state informs of a number of cell changes the UE has performed within a predetermined evaluation period. The UE may also include an indication whether a hysteresis period for entering into a normal mobility state is running for the UE. The network configures the UE in dependence on the reported mobility state, such as setting a parameter for measuring or reporting neighbor cells (e.g., suspend a serving cell quality threshold as a condition for measuring/reporting; limit inter-frequency and/or inter-radio access technology reporting; set a shortest measurement reporting gap; disable an event trigger; and/or set layer 3 filtering of measurement results for faster reporting). | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130045766 | METHOD FOR FORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION GROUPS - An method for forming wireless communications groups applied in a wireless communications system includes selecting g coordinators from n wireless communications devices around a base station, allocating remaining (n-g) wireless communications devices of the n wireless communications devices to the g coordinators to form g wireless communications groups, reselecting a coordinator from each wireless communications group to generate g updated coordinators, and allocating remaining (n-g) wireless communications devices of the n wireless communications devices to the g updated coordinators to form g updated wireless communications groups. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130045767 | Multi-Beam Cellular Communication System - A communication system includes base stations having an antenna arrangement per sector. Each of the antenna arrangements has an antenna element for generating an array of narrow beams covering the sector. Timeslots are simultaneously transmitted over each beam to generate successive sets of simultaneously transmitted timeslots per sector that are each split into orthogonal codes. Common overhead channels are allocated for successive sets of timeslots, which are allocated to the same subset of codes of each timeslot in the set. For successive sets of timeslots, different data is allocated to the same subset of codes of each timeslot in the set. This generates a sector-wide beam carrying the common overhead channels and a plurality of narrow beams, each carrying different data. An inter-beam handoff scheme allows the antenna arrangement to simultaneously transmits data to a user equipment located in a cusp region between adjacent beams on the adjacent beams. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130045768 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130053077 | USER EQUIPMENT ENHANCEMENTS FOR COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for measuring interference observed at a CoMP UE caused by neighbor base stations transmitting reference signals. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130053078 | BACKHAUL ENHANCEMENTS FOR COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT (COMP) OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for backhaul enhancements for cooperative multi-point (CoMP) operations. An aggressor node may take pre-scheduling decisions in advance of beamformed data transmissions based on the pre-scheduling decisions. The aggressor node may communicate the pre-scheduling decisions to one or more victim nodes, for example, via a backhaul link between the aggressor node and the one or more victim nodes. A victim node may take scheduling decisions based at least on the pre-scheduling decisions of the aggressor node to coordinate beamformed transmissions from the victim node with the beamformed transmissions from the aggressor node. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130059618 | METHOD AND ARCHITECTURE FOR VERY HIGH CAPACITY WIRELESS ACCESS USING ACTIVE ELECTRONIC SCANNED ARRAY (AESA) - A base station in a network includes an Active Electronic Scanned Array (AESA) to enhance and increase transmission and reception in a wireless telecommunications network. The AESA comprises a plurality of transmitter and receiver modules for sending and receiving signals from a User Equipment (UE) with increased signal strength and higher gain. The AESA comprises a central controller; and subcontrollers that cause signals to be directed to specific transmission modules (TxMs) and receiver modules (RxMs) in the AESA to send to the UE. By increasing the number of TxMs used, the signal strength to the UE can be increased significantly. Subcontrollers for handling different radio frequencies can be utilized in the same AESA so that multiple telecommunication systems can be accommodated on a single base station. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130059619 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING BEST BEAM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for selecting the best beam in a wireless communication system are provided. An operation of a Base Station (BS) includes repeatedly transmitting reference signals beamformed with a first width, receiving a feedback signal indicating at least one preferred-beam having the first width from at least one terminal, determining a direction range within which reference signals beamformed with a second width are to be transmitted and a transmission pattern, based on the at least one preferred-beam having the first width, repeatedly transmitting the reference signals beamformed with the second width within the determined direction range according to the transmission pattern, and receiving a feedback signal indicating at least one preferred-beam having the second width from the at least one terminal. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130065625 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE PAGING IN PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKS - A method, a computer program product, and an apparatus are provided. The apparatus determines paging resources of a plurality of paging resources allocated for listening to paging messages. In addition, the apparatus transmits information indicating the allocated paging resources in a peer discovery signal. The apparatus may determine the paging resources on which to listen based on information received in peer discovery signals received from other wireless devices. The received information indicates the paging resources allocated to the other wireless devices. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130065626 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT DEVICE, AND MOBILE TERMINAL UNIT - A management device includes a managing unit that manages whether a dedicated access slot different from an access slot is assigned to the mobile terminal unit, the access slot being arbitrarily used by a mobile terminal unit when the mobile terminal unit gets random access to a base station unit, a selecting unit that selects a dedicated access slot which has not been assigned among dedicated access slots managed by the managing unit when having received a priority notification indicating that a mobile terminal unit being a communicating destination of the base station unit is a priority terminal given priority for performing communication, and an instructing unit that instructs the base station unit managed by the management device to reserve the dedicated access slot selected by the selecting unit. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130072242 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS RECEPTION DEVICE, AND BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless transmission device, a wireless reception device, and a bandwidth allocation method for, when non-contiguous bands allocation is performed, improving the frequency resource use efficiency of a system and thereby improving the system performance. RIV decoding unit ( | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130072243 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAM ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A beam allocation method of a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a reference signal to a Mobile Station (MS) using a plurality of downlink transmit (Tx) beams, receiving information of a plurality of candidate downlink Tx beams determined by the MS in response to the received reference signal, selecting at least one downlink Tx beam from the plurality of candidate downlink Tx beams according to a predefined rule, generating control information for burst transmission, comprising the selected at least one downlink Tx beam information, transmitting the control information to the MS using the selected at least one downlink Tx beam, and transmitting a data burst based on Tx beam information included in the control information. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130072244 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BEAM SELECTING IN BEAMFORMED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for reducing delay during beam alignment in a beamformed wireless communication system are provided. A method for selecting a beam pattern in a Base Station (BS) includes determining whether a direction finding signal is received through each time interval of a direction finding channel, transmitting information of whether the direction finding signal is received with respect to each time interval of the direction finding channel, changing a receive beam pattern and receiving a random access signal from a Mobile Station (MS) with at least one transmit beam pattern over a random access channel, and selecting one of transmit beam patterns of the MS and one of receive beam patterns of the BS according to the random access signal. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130072245 | M2M DEVICE OPERATING IN AN IDLE MODE AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A BASE STATION DEVICE AND THE M2M DEVICE - Disclosed are an M2M device operating in an idle mode and a method for performing communication between a base station device and the M2M device. In the M2M device operating in an idle mode and communicating with a base station according to the present invention, a receiver may receive a first message and a second message from the base station. The first message includes information indicating that first data, the size of which is smaller than a predetermined data size, is transmitted, and information regarding the time that the first data is transmitted. The second message includes the first data. A processor may perform a control to receive the first data from the base station on the basis of the information indicating that the first data is transmitted and the information regarding the time that the first data is transmitted. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130079045 | WIRELESS DATA TRANSMISSION INCLUDING ASSIST SIGNALS - Methods, systems and apparatuses for dynamic spectrum access by both primary users (PUs) and secondary users (SUs) are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method for communicating over a channel may include obtaining, at a secondary transmitter, first and second signals intended for a primary receiver and secondary receivers, respectively; generating, at the secondary transmitter, an assist signal based, at least in part, on the obtained first signal; generating, at the secondary transmitter, a data signal based, at least in part, on the obtained second signal; determining, at the secondary transmitter, a power split ratio between the data signal and the assist signal based, at least in part, on any of a power and a signal-to-noise ratio of the first signal; and generating, at the secondary transmitter, a third signal comprising (i) the data signal and (ii) the assist signal in accordance with power split ratio. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130079046 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS, ENABLEMENT AND CONTROL BY DEVICES IN TV WHITE SPACE - Methods and apparatus for access, enablement and control of devices in TV white space are provided. Methods and apparatus for channel scanning by a device are provided that shorten channel scanning time by using a 5 MHz Measurement Pilot frame at a predetermined location within an enabling device's channel, regardless of the operating bandwidth of the enabling device. Also provided are methods and apparatus for multi-band dynamic station enablement that locate information regarding an enabling device's supported regulatory classes and channel numbers within one accessible frame of information and also provide request and response messages to arrange for enablement of a requesting device on a network. Further, methods and apparatus are provided for identifying an interfering device on a network by providing increased information from within a DSE Registered Location element. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130079047 | Node in a Communication System with Switchable Antenna Functions - The present invention relates to a node ( | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130084908 | BEAMFORMING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Technologies are generally described for usage recommendation for mobile device. In some examples, a method performed under control of a downlink beamforming system may include receiving respective movement information of a plurality of mobile devices, grouping at least some of the mobile devices into one or more groups based on the movement information, and generating beams for the groups, respectively. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084909 | METHOD OF GETTING ENERGY LEVEL OF COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Provided is a method of getting an energy level of a communication channel including skipping two channels and performing energy detection scanning when an energy level higher than an energy threshold of a wireless LAN network is detected during a process of sequentially performing the energy detection scanning according to channels, reducing a time consumed for the energy detection scanning. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130090143 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING CELL-EDGE PERFORMANCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method may include scheduling for the downlink control channel, by a first base station during a partial loading sub-frame, at least a first group of wireless communication devices present in the first cell, the first group of wireless communication devices comprising wireless communication devices determined by the first base station to be near an edge of the first cell. The method may additionally include scheduling for the downlink control channel, by the first base station during a normal loading sub-frame, at least one other group of wireless communication devices present in the first cell other than wireless communication devices in the first group of wireless communication devices, the at least one other group of wireless communication devices determined by the first base station to be in greater proximity to the first case station than wireless communication devices in the first class. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130090144 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for efficiently allocating resources to a terminal in a random access system are provided. A method for transmitting an abnormal power down report from a Machine to Machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system may include transmitting the abnormal power down report to a base station using uplink resources that have already been allocated to the M2M device and starting a first timer for confirmation of the transmitted abnormal power down report. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130090145 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RANDOM ACCESS FOR THE EFFICIENT SENSING OF THE COOPERATIVE SPECTRUM IN A COGNITIVE RADIO-BASED FREQUENCY RESOURCE SHARING SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for performing spectrum sensing to detect a signal for a terminal of a primary user in each sensing node. The method for performing sensing may comprise the steps of: performing, by the sensing node, spectrum sensing to detect a signal for a terminal of a primary user; computing, by the sensing node, a local test statistic on the basis of the result of the spectrum sensing; calculating, by the sensing node, the transmission probability on the basis of the computed local test statistic; and transmitting, by the sensing node, sensing information to a convergence center on the basis of the calculated transmission probability. In this case, the convergence center can determine whether the signal for a primary user exists on the basis of the transmitted sensing information. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130090146 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION REGARDING POWER COORDINATION IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting information regarding power coordination (PC) by a mobile station (MS) in a multi-component carrier system are provided. The method includes: setting information regarding power coordination (PC) indicating an amount or a range of power which is used to adjust uplink maximum transmission power of the MS, and transmitting the information regarding PC to a base station (BS). The information regarding PC is varied according to the number of component carriers configured in the MS. A scheduling error in the BS due to ambiguity of PC can be reduced and scheduling can be performed adaptively to maximum transmission power of a provided mobile station (MS) or a component carrier. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130095872 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - For each base station, transmit power level variables (I values) for each resource block allocated by the base station are initialized. The I values are used in a model to find sub-gradients for each base station. Neighboring base stations exchange the sub-gradients. For each base station, the base station's sub-gradient and the base station's neighbors' sub-gradients are used in the model to update the I values. Neighboring base stations then exchange the updated I values. For each base station, the base station's updated I value and the base station's neighbors' updated I values are used in the model to update the initial sub-gradients. The updated sub-gradients are then exchanged and used for another update of the I values. After a number of iterations, the I values are used to establish a transmit power level per resource block. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095873 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FOR FACILITATING SIMULCASTING AND DE-SIMULCASTING OF DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS - Distributed antenna systems (DASs) can include a plurality of spatially separated remote antenna units. According to at least one example, a first group of remote antenna units can simulcast downlink transmissions on a first carrier with a particular sector identity (ID). A second group of remote antenna units, including at least one different remote antenna unit from the first group, can simulcast downlink transmissions on a second carrier with the same sector ID. According to at least one other example, two or more remote antenna units which include respective coverage areas that are non-adjacent to one another can be employed to simulcast downlink transmissions. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095874 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING DIVERSITY IN A NETWORK THAT UTILIZES DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS AND ARRAY PROCESSING - A communication device that comprises a plurality of distributed transceivers, a central processor and a network management engine may be configured based on one or more diversity modes of operations. The diversity modes of operations may comprise a spatial diversity mode, a frequency diversity mode, and/or a polarization diversity mode. Diversity mode configuration may comprise forming, based on selected diversity mode, a plurality of communication modules from the plurality of distributed transceivers, wherein each of the plurality of communication modules may comprise one or more antennas and/or antenna array elements, and one or more of said plurality of distributed transceivers associated with said one or more antennas and/or antenna array elements. The plurality of communication modules may be utilized to concurrently communicate multiple data streams. The multiple data streams may comprise the same data. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095875 | ANTENNA SELECTION BASED ON ORIENTATION, AND RELATED APPARATUSES, ANTENNA UNITS, METHODS, AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Antenna apparatuses and related antenna units that include antenna selection based on orientation are disclosed. Related methods and distributed antenna systems are also disclosed. Antenna selection is provided between two or more antennas disposed in different polarization orientations according to orientation of the antenna unit in which the antennas are included. The antenna(s) oriented most closely to perpendicular to the ground in one embodiment may be selected for use in wireless communications with wireless client devices. In this manner, the antenna(s) employed in wireless communications is likely to be the closest in polarization to the polarization of wireless client device antennas. Otherwise, an unacceptable reduction in communications link quality with the wireless client devices may occur. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130102343 | Dynamic Bearer Management - An MME may request QoS and/or APN parameters from an HSS that may determine whether the MME is approaching or exceeds a threshold number of requested or supportable bearers. The HSS may adjust the QoS/APN parameters based on the threshold determination. The number of bearer requests or established bearers and the total number of supportable bearers may be calculated by the HSS or provided by the MME. The HSS may also take into account the status of other MMEs in the network in adjusting QoS/APN parameters. Upon detecting heavy signaling traffic from a UE, an HSS may take steps, or instruct a policy manager, to reduce or prevent traffic from the UE. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130102344 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a communication control device controlling communication of multiple secondary usage nodes providing second communication services using a part of a frequency band assigned to a first communication service, including a communication unit receiving service area information for estimating service areas of the second communication services provided by the secondary usage nodes and access technique information indicating radio access techniques usable by the secondary usage nodes, a storage unit storing information on the service area and access technique received by the communication unit, an estimation unit estimating service areas of multiple second communication services, and a control unit notifying a secondary usage node providing one of the multiple second communication services of a radio access technique or a channel recommended to the at least one second communication service on the basis of a location relationship between the service areas estimated by the estimation unit and the access technique information. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130109422 | Localized Dynamic Channel Time Allocation | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130115990 | SCHEDULING REQUESTS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES RUNNING BACKGROUND APPLICATIONS - In embodiments, a user equipment (UE) may transmit, to an evolved Node B (eNB), a background indicator that the UE is in a background mode running one or more background applications and no active applications. The eNB may receive background indicators from a plurality of UEs, and may bundle the background-mode UEs into one scheduling request (SR) allocation block. The individual UEs may be assigned different resource elements within the block on which to transmit an SR indicator (e.g., if the UE has data to send to the eNB). The eNB may lengthen the period between SR allocations for the background-mode UEs compared with active-mode UEs. In some embodiments, the UE may exclusively use the assigned SR allocation instead of a random access channel to notify the eNB that the UE has data to send. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130115991 | BANDWIDTH INFORMATION DETERMINATION FOR FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIERS - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are provided for mobility management for wireless communications systems that utilize a flexible bandwidth carrier. Some embodiments include approaches for determining bandwidth information, such as one or more bandwidth scaling factors N and/or flexible bandwidths, at a user equipment (UE), where the bandwidth information may not be signaled to the UE. Embodiments for determining bandwidth information include: random ordered bandwidth scaling factor approaches, delay ordered bandwidth scaling factor approaches, storing bandwidth scaling factor value in UE Neighbor Record approaches, spectrum measurement approaches, spectrum calculation approaches, and/or a priori approaches. Flexible bandwidth carrier systems may utilize spectrum portions that may not be big enough to fit a normal waveform. Flexible bandwidth carrier systems may be generated through dilating, or scaling down, time, frame lengths, bandwidth, or the chip rate of the flexible bandwidth carrier systems with respect to a normal bandwidth carrier system. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130122949 | Mapping a Transmission Stream in a Virtual Baseband to a Physical Baseband with Equalization - Embodiments include processes, systems, and devices for reshaping virtual baseband signals for transmission on non-contiguous and variable portions of a physical baseband, such as a white space frequency band. In the transmission path, a spectrum virtualization layer maps a plurality of transmission components associated with a transmission symbol produced by a physical layer protocol to sub-carriers of the allocated physical frequency band. The spectrum virtualization layer then outputs a physical transmission symbol composed of time-domain samples derived from the mapped frequency components and a cyclic prefix. In the receive path, a time-domain symbol received on the physical baseband is reshaped and equalized by the virtual spectrum layer in order to recompose a time-domain samples of a transmission stream in the virtual baseband. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122950 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION PARAMETER CONTROL USING CHANNEL SOUNDING - A base station (BTS) may instruct a client station (CS) to transmit sounding signals that the BTS may analyze to determine what adjustments, such as power, time, and/or frequency adjustment(s) should be made by the CS. The BTS may control when and how the sounding signals are sent by the CS. This helps reduce the possibility of adjustment signals transmitted by two or more CSs colliding. Thus, sounding signals transmitted by the CS in response to a request by the BTS can be received by the BTS with higher a probability of success. This permits the BTS to more accurately characterize the channel and to provide better adjustment of power level, frequency offset, and/or timing offset for more optimal communication. Such techniques can be used to reduce bit error rates and to improve the overall signal to noise ratio encountered by the system. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122951 | Method and Apparatus for Scanning Existing Networks in the White Space - A method and an apparatus for scanning existing networks in TV White Space are disclosed. For scanning existing networks at a station to operate as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate, the method comprises: receiving a white space map (WSM) comprising information for available channels to be used for the unlicensed device to operate a wireless local area network (WLAN) operation and maximum transmission powers allowed for each of the available channels from an enabling station, wherein the enabling station is a station determining the available channels at its location using its own geographic location identification and a regulatory database access capability; and scanning the existing networks on the available channels identified within the received WSM. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130137475 | Frequency Sub-Band Selection in Wireless Communications - This document discloses a solution where a network element of a cellular communication system detects appearance of a terminal device in the cellular communication system. In connection with registering the terminal device in the cellular communication system, the network element determines that a native frequency band of the terminal device is a sub-band of an operating frequency band of the cellular communication system and, then, allocates to the terminal device frequency resources from the native frequency band of the terminal device. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130143613 | Method and Device for Transmitting and Receiving Available Channel Information Within White Space Band - The present invention relates to a method for a first station (STA) comprising: obtaining available channel information by accessing a database that manages the available channel information within the white space band, and transmitting a white space map (WSM) generated according to the available channel information to a second STA, the WSM includes a channel map field having a variable length, a length field including the length of the channel map field, and map ID information indicating a type of the WSM and whether the WSM being updated; and if the available channel information obtained from the DB indicates that no available channel exists within the white space band, a map ID is set to indicate that the WSM is the updated WSM, and the first STA transmits the WSM which is set as the length field to indicate that the length of the channel map field is 0. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130143614 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for controlling uplink transmit power in a mobile communication system. A mobile communication includes a first base station and a second base station which are located in two mutually adjacent cells, respectively, at least one base station of the first and second base stations which generate a subframe offset of transmit power (SOTP), and transmits a subframe offset of transmit power generated by at least one base station of the first and second base stations to at least one terminal which belongs to a corresponding cell. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce signaling times for transmit power control, and to accurately control transmit power. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130150108 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD BASED ON CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a device-to-device (D2D) communication method based on a cellular communication system. The D2D communication method is based on a hierarchical D2D communication structure configured with a representative terminal and belonging terminals. Accordingly, the D2D communication method can be applied to various applications and business models. Also, a belonging terminal performs data communication only with an adjacent representative terminal due to a middle gathered structure through the representative terminal, so that the D2D communication method can be applied to an application requiring low power consumption. Further, the D2D communication method can be used as a solution for a Proxy machine-to-machine (M2M) device due to powerful security of mobile communication compared to that of a sensor network, reliability of data transmission, and speed of data transmission resulting from low latency. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130150109 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION, PROGRAM, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO TERMINAL - Provided is a base station including a control signal generating section that generates a control signal which includes resource information identified by a group identifier assigned to a plurality of radio terminals, and a transmitter section that transmits the control signal generated by the control signal generating section. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130165169 | CONTROLLING RADIO UNITS TO TRANSMITTING SIGNAL WITH DIFFERENT TRANSMISSION POWER - Described embodiments provide a method for controlling radio units to transmit a signal to user equipment wherein each one of the radio units includes at least two antennas associated with a different transmission pattern. The method may include determining whether user equipment is located at an overlapping cell area of a first cell and a second cell and controlling a first radio unit in the first cell to transmit a signal to the user equipment using a first resource block and controlling a second radio unit in the second cell to transmit a reference signal associated with the first resource block with a second transmission power when the user equipment is determined as being located in the overlapping cell area. The second transmission power may be lower than a first transmission power of the first radio unit in the first cell for transmitting a reference signal using the first resource block. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130165170 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a system and method for managing resources, which involve managing a plurality of frequency resources in a communication system including a plurality of systems having no right to use a first frequency band. The system comprises a coexistence manager (CM) which manages, when a frequency band usable by the plurality of systems is found in the first frequency band, the plurality of systems so as to enable the coexistence of the systems and frequency-sharing among the systems in the usable frequency band; a coexistence enabler (CE) which transceives information of the plurality of systems and information of the coexistence manager; and a coexistence discovery and information server which supports the control of the coexistence manager on the plurality of systems. The plurality of systems uses the usable frequency band by means of coexistence and frequency-sharing according to a reference model. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130172031 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIERS - A method, system and apparatus for allocating a finite number of identifiers to a plurality of base stations in a wireless network in which individual base stations and iteratively process respective ranges of identifiers to adapt identifier assignments in response to detected collision/confusion conditions. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130172032 | Controlling Communication Between Whitespace Devices - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for controlling communication between whitespace devices are provided. Embodiments include identifying, by a base-station array controller, a user whitespace device within a coverage area of a base-station array, wherein the base-station array includes a plurality of base-station whitespace devices of varying power consumption profiles; identifying for each base-station whitespace device, by the base-station array controller, transmission channels available to the base-station whitespace device; selecting from the plurality of base-station whitespace devices, by the base-station array controller, a base-station whitespace device based on the power consumption profiles and the identified available transmission channels corresponding to the plurality of base-station whitespace devices; and instructing, by the base-station array controller, the selected base-station whitespace device to communicate with the identified user whitespace device on one of the identified available transmission channels. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130172033 | Controlling Communication Between Whitespace Devices - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for controlling communication between whitespace devices are provided. Embodiments include identifying, by a base-station array controller, a user whitespace device within a coverage area of a base-station array, wherein the base-station array includes a plurality of base-station whitespace devices of varying power consumption profiles; identifying for each base-station whitespace device, by the base-station array controller, transmission channels available to the base-station whitespace device; selecting from the plurality of base-station whitespace devices, by the base-station array controller, a base-station whitespace device based on the power consumption profiles and the identified available transmission channels corresponding to the plurality of base-station whitespace devices; and instructing, by the base-station array controller, the selected base-station whitespace device to communicate with the identified user whitespace device on one of the identified available transmission channels. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130172034 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus for performing communication of a plurality of pieces of data includes a plurality of communication units configured to perform communication at frequencies different from each other; and a selection unit configured to select a physical position of electromagnetic wave radiation for each of the communication units, and switch the physical position to be selected to another one of the physical positions of the communication units at predetermined intervals. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130184022 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING NOISE FLOOR IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS ENVIRONMENT - An electronic device includes communications circuitry configured to communicate with an assistance server. The electronic device has an antenna assembly having antenna configuration parameters including a gain profile and a direction. The electronic device transmits a noise floor data request to the assistance server, the noise floor data request including a location of the electronic device, an indication of the gain profile and the direction. The electronic device receives a noise floor value from the assistance server for at least one wireless communications channel, the noise floor value determined to account for the location of the electronic device, the gain profile and the direction of the antenna assembly. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130184023 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) UPLINK DATA PROCESSING - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for performing long term evolution (LTE) uplink data processing are disclosed. One method occurs at an LTE multi-UE simulator. The method includes receiving at least one transport data block containing uplink data to be transmitted to a device under test and dynamically assigning, using processing information associated with the at least one transport data block, at least one physical resource from a plurality of dynamically assignable physical resources for processing the at least one transport block includes receiving at least one transport data block containing uplink data to be transmitted to a device under test. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130184024 | Asymmetric D2D Communication - There is provided a method for an asymmetric device-to-device, D2D, communication, the method including from the first terminal point of view: acquiring, by the first user terminal incapable to receive uplink data, information indicating whether or not to apply an asymmetric D2D communication with a second user terminal capable to receive uplink data; and upon applying the asymmetric D2D communication with the second user terminal, performing at least one of the following: acquiring data from the second user terminal via a base station of the cellular network, and causing transmission of data directly to the second user terminal. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130184025 | WHITE SPACE USE SYSTEM WITH CONNECTING COGNITIVE SIGNAL - Provided is a white space use system using a connection recognition signal, which is associated with technology that enables white space devices to search for and to use an available frequency band in a digital broadcasting system. In particular, provided is a white space use system using a connection recognition signal that enables even devices incapable of autonomously searching for an available channel to safely use a white space in interaction with white space devices. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130190027 | METHOD AND MECHANISM FOR CONSERVING POWER CONSUMPTION OF SIGNLE-CARRIER WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS - A method and mechanism to reduce the energy consumption of a single-carrier wireless transmission system such as a base station or a subnet of multiple base stations in relation to the loading of the system. Energy savings may be achieved by withholding the transmission of the system over some time slots, decreasing the available frequencies for user traffic transmission, dynamically adjusting the system to a lower bandwidth, or a combination of these techniques in proportion to the system transmission load at a given time. The lower the system load, the more transmission resources may be withheld or reduced, and, hence, the more savings in energy consumption. Energy savings may be most prominent during periods of low traffic loading of the single carrier-based wireless transmission system. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130190028 | Method, Device and System for Implementing Frequency Point Switch Based on CR - The present application relates to of the communication field and discloses a method, device and system for implementing frequency point shift based on CR. The method comprises: determining, by a cognitive base station, a candidate working frequency point for UE deployed in a cognitive frequency band; then sending to the UE broadcast information which at least carries the candidate working frequency point and instructing the UE to shift from the working frequency point currently used thereby to the candidate working frequency point by way of a frequency point shift command. In this way, the UE deployed in the cognitive frequency band can achieve frequency point shift quickly and accurately according to the instruction from the cognitive base station when an authorized user accesses the working frequency point currently used by the UE, effectively avoiding interference to the authorized user and thereby ensuring the service performance and service continuity of the system. The present application also discloses a corresponding device and system. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130190029 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING METHOD AND WIRELESS TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING APPARATUS - It is an object of the present invention to provide a wireless transmitting/receiving method for achieving both a high-speed data transfer and a power-saving operation by using wireless transmitting/receiving apparatus adaptable to a ubiquitous system, whereby a wireless transmitting/receiving method which performs wireless transmission/reception using no less than two carrier waves which belong to a different frequency band is used to transmit/receive a control signal for controlling the transmission/reception operation of the wireless transmitting/receiving apparatus by using a carrier wave which belongs to a lower frequency band (400 MHz band), and to transfer data by using a carrier wave which belongs to a higher frequency band (2.4 GHz band). | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130190030 | A Method of Allocating Resources in a Radio Access Network (RAN) Shared by Different Network Operators - A method of allocating resources in a communications network is provided, where the resources are allocated to mobile stations belonging to different network operators. It is determined whether capacity is available in the network for established connections between the mobile stations and the communications network. If it is determined that the capacity is not available for the established connections, the resources are split according to a pre-determined share between the network operators. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130196702 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device may establish a first type of connection by using a first wireless channel and establish a second type of connection by using a second wireless channel. In a specific situation where one connection of the first type of connection with the first device and the second type of connection with the second device is to be established, while the other connection has been established, the wireless communication device may form a multiple connection state where both the first and second types of connections are established in a first case where values of the first and second wireless channels are identical, and form a single connection state where one of the first and second types of connections is established in a second case where the values of the first and second wireless channels are not identical. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130203454 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION - A method and arrangement in a first mobile terminal ( | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130203455 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Provided is a communication system including a base station, a communication apparatus, and a gateway apparatus including a first communication unit that communicates with the base station in a first communication method, a second communication unit that communicates with the communication apparatus in a second communication method, an identification information holding unit that holds a correspondence between first identification information in the first communication method and second identification information in the second communication method of the communication apparatus, and a category information holding unit to share category information showing a characteristic of the communication apparatus with the communication apparatus. The first communication unit performs communication of the communication apparatus in accordance with the category information with the base station by using the first identification information of the communication apparatus. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130217428 | Power Saving in a Telecommunications Network - Techniques for allocating network resources of a communications network are described. A network resource scheduler allocates communication bursts to telecommunications devices in a manner so as to conserve power of the mobile telecommunication devices. The network resource scheduler may allocate communication bursts such that at least one of the mobile telecommunication devices may enter sleep mode during a current communications block and be awoken prior to a subsequent communications block. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130217429 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device including a communication unit configured to make communication with one or more secondary communication nodes operating a secondary system using at least one of a frequency channel allocated to a primary system and a frequency channel adjacent to the frequency channel, a determination unit configured to determine an upper limit number of secondary systems or secondary communication nodes to be allocated with transmission power, and a power allocation unit configured to allocate transmission power to each secondary system or each secondary communication node in each secondary system based on the determined upper limit number and the acceptable interference amount of the primary system. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130225218 | Passive Uplink Time Difference of Arrival Positioning and Tracking System - A system that tracks a mobile transmitter within a communication system is disclosed. The mobile transmitter transmits in one or more predetermined communication slots, the communication slots being dynamically assigned by a system node in the communication system. The tracking system includes at least three uplink probes spatially separated from one another, each uplink probe measuring transmissions in each of the communication slots as a function of time. A cell monitor monitors downlink scheduling transmissions from the system node directed to the mobile transmitter, the scheduling transmissions specifying a time and communication slot to be utilized by the mobile transmitter in a subsequent transmission. A correlator receives the measured transmissions and the monitored downlink scheduling transmissions. The correlator uses the monitored downlink scheduling transmissions and the measured transmissions to determine a time at which a transmission from the mobile transmitter was detected at each of the uplink probes. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130225219 | BASE STATION, CORE SERVER AND UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR USING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station, a core server and an uplink transmission method thereof for using in a wireless network communication system are provided. The core server creates a time assignment instruction according to a first uplink transmission status of a first machine to machine wireless apparatus group. The core server further transmits the time assignment instruction to the base station. The base station transmits a time assignment signal to the machine to machine wireless apparatus group according to the time assignment instruction so that the machine to machine wireless apparatus group transmits at least one first uplink transmission request to the base station in a time interval according to the time assignment signal. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130225220 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES TO USERS SERVED BY A BASE STATION USING A PREDICTION OF RATE REGIONS - An apparatus for scheduling transmission resources to users served by a base station equipped with a plurality of antennas includes a predictor for predicting rate regions for one or more future time slots based on rate regions for one or more past time slots to obtain one or more predicted rate regions, and a processor for calculating the transmission resources for the users for a current time slot using scheduled transmission resources for the one or more past time slots, a rate region for the current time slot and the one or more predicted rate regions. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130231149 | System and Method for Wireless Local Area Network Airtime Fairness - A system and method for wireless local area network airtime fairness. Distribution of airtime amongst a plurality of associated mobile stations can be based on a determination of a total channel availability. The total channel available is based on a total channel utilization determined through detected energy on the channel and a mobile station utilization determined through monitored traffic between the wireless access point and the associated mobile stations. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130231150 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHF/EHF BAND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION ON MULTI-LEVEL CELL CONFIGURATION - Provided is an apparatus for super high frequency (SHF)/extremely high frequency (EHF) band wireless transmission on a multi-level configuration. The apparatus may include a list managing unit to receive and manage a first list associated with an SHF/EHF band signal from a terminal connected to a wireless network, a path finding unit to select a path having a communication quality value greater than or equal to a first threshold value by referring to the first list, and a scheduling unit to schedule available SHF/EHF band radio resources for the selected path. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130237263 | System for Distributed Spectrum Sensing In a Highly Mobile Vehicular Environment - A system and method for detecting spectrum holes in a region is disclosed. The system comprises a requesting module, a detecting module and an aggregation module. The requesting module retrieves channel availability data for a region. The channel availability data describes potential availability of a channel. The detecting module obtains a set of values for the channel by spectrum sensing at a set of locations in the region based at least in part on the potential availability of the channel. The aggregation module aggregates the set of values for the channel over the set of locations in the region to obtain a first value for the channel and determines the availability of the channel based at least in part on the first value for the channel. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237264 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONFLICT HANDLING IN RF FREQUENCY BANDS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to for efficient radio spectrum use, and more particularly to the resolution of resource allocation conflicts in RF white spaces. An example embodiment includes a method including calculating by a network controller, a resource allocation proposal for a wireless network; transmitting by the network controller, a message including the calculated resource allocation proposal, to one or more other network controllers; and implementing the resource allocation proposal, if the network controller does not receive other resource allocation proposals for the wireless network from the one or more other network controllers, in response to the transmitted message. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237265 | SCALABLE NETWORK MIMO FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for system for channel access adaptation are disclosed. One system includes a plurality of remote antennas and a plurality of access points. The remote antennas transmit data to receivers and obtain channel state information. Additionally, each access point controls a different cluster of the remote antennas and receives the respective channel state information from the remote antennas of the cluster. Further, each access point is configured to, independently from other access points, adapt channel allocations to the remote antennas of the respective cluster based on a tracking of sums of collision loss probabilities. Each given sum is determined by the access point for a different given set of a plurality of sets of cooperating remote antennas in the respective cluster, where each constituent collision loss probability in the given sum is determined by the access point from a different interference clique to which the given set belongs. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237266 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION AND CONTROL STATION - A radio communication system includes a plurality of radio base stations and a control station connected to the radio base stations. One of the radio base stations notifies state control information including information regarding state control to the control station before or after execution of state control in the one radio base station. The control station notifies at least one of management information regarding the radio parameter updated in accordance with the state control and the state control information to the radio base stations connected to the control station, with the exclusion of the one radio base station that notified the state control information. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237267 | RRC CONNECTION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREFOR IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present application relates to a method for a terminal having latency tolerance to perform procedures for connection with a network in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method is characterized in comprising the steps of: transmitting a connection request message to the network; receiving a connection set message from the network in response to the connection request message; and transmitting a connection set completion message to the network, wherein the connection request message comprises a low priority connection indicator. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237268 | Allocation of Resources in a Communication System - A method and an apparatus for resource allocation in a local wireless node of a system of a plurality of local wireless nodes is disclosed. An inner circle subgradient resource allocation iteration is performed based on information received from at least one other wireless node of the system and an iteration parameter until a convergent result. An updated iteration parameter is provided by of at least one outer circle subgradient iteration based on the convergent result of the inner circle subgradient resource allocation iteration. The inner circle subgradient resource allocation iteration is then repeated at least once using the updated iteration parameter until a convergent result. Resources are then allocated based on the iterations. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130237269 | ESTABLISHING A NEW WIRELESS LINK HOP - This disclosure is directed to a method for establish a new wireless link hop | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130244712 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATIONS OF COMMUNICATION DEVICES IN A SIMULCAST NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed for identifying locations of communication devices in a simulcast network. A comparator sends a location request to communication devices in a simulcast network. The location request includes timeslot assignments for each talk group in the simulcast network. The comparator receives responses from the communication devices. Each response is received in a timeslot assigned to a talk group. The comparator assigns network resources to talk groups in the simulcast network based at least in part on the received responses. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130252653 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SELECTION WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In some embodiments, a method includes calculating, at a wireless access point (WAP) from a set of WAPs within a network, an interference value for each channel from a set of channels of the WAP. The method includes calculating, based on the interference value for each channel, a total move weight of the WAP. The method includes receiving, at the WAP, a total move weight from each remaining WAP. The method includes selecting one WAP from the set of WAPs based on a random number, the total move weight of the WAP, the total move weights from the remaining WAPs, and a rank of the WAPs. The method further includes changing, if the WAP is selected, a designated channel of the WAP to one of the remaining channels; and sending a signal to modify an active channel of the WAP to correspond with the designated channel. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130252654 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE SELECTION TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE RESULTING FROM DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed for selecting resources for direct device to device communications in a cellular communication network. Preferably, resources for the direct device to device communications are selected to minimize, or at least substantially reduce, interference that results from the direct device to device communications in the cellular communication network. In one embodiment, a downlink resource of the cellular communication network is selected as a resource for a direct device to device communication link between a first wireless device and a second wireless device if at least one of the first and second wireless devices is less than a predefined threshold radio distance from a closest base station in the cellular communication network. Otherwise, an uplink resource of the cellular communication network is selected as a resource for the direct device to device communication link between the first and second wireless devices. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130252655 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BEAM FORMING APPARATUS IN MULTI-CELL MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a system that performs mobile communication using at least two beams, by determining a size of a beam based on information that is acquired for mobile terminals attempting an access, a beam of a form having an adaptive size is formed and thus communication is performed. A beam sector including a plurality of beam segments and a beam segment that forms a beam of a minimum size within entire coverage is set, and while forming one beam per beam sector, a size of a beam is adaptively determined. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130260810 | RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF SUSPENDED RRC CONNECTION AT A DIFFERENT eNB - In order to re-establish a suspended RRC connection, the mobile device ( | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130260811 | eNB Storing RRC Configuration Information at Another Network Component - On suspension of an RRC connection, RRC connection information may be stored and used to re-establish the suspended RRC connection. The RRC connection information can be stored at the UE and/or the RAN node or some other network element. In order to re-establish the RRC connection, the mobile device ( | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130260812 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DEVICES WITH NO OR LIMITED WWAN CAPABILITY IN PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION - In a wireless wide area network (WWAN) scenario, communication between UEs is facilitated through uplink/downlink channels between the UEs and a base station (i.e., WWAN link or WWAN communication). In the case that two communicating UEs are in the vicinity of each other, direct peer-to-peer communication without passing through the base station may reduce a base station load. In some scenarios, it is beneficial for devices, with no or limited WWAN capability to also participate in peer-to-peer communication. Accordingly, a method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which control information from a user equipment (UE) is received, the control information including information indicating resources for peer-to-peer communication, a peer-to-peer link with the UE to receive authentication information for using the resources is established, and the resources are used to communicate with a peer device. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130267267 | Assisted Management of Radio Resources across Dual Networks - A user equipment (UE) operating in a communication system comprising a base station and one or more UEs. The UE may be configured to operate on or “camp” on two different networks with one radio. In this exemplary system, the radio may be normally connected to the first network (NW | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130267268 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Channel State Information (CSI) transmission/reception method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving CSI efficiently in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) communication system are provided. The CSI transmission method of a terminal for receiving Joint Transmission (JT) from a first Transmission Point (TP) and a second TP includes receiving a first CSI Reference Signal (CSI-RS) corresponding to the first TP, receiving a second CSI-RS corresponding to the second TP, generating an aggregated CSI corresponding to the first and second CSI-RSs, and transmitting the aggregated CSI, wherein generating an aggregated CSI comprising creating the aggregated CSI with a transmission timing of the aggregated CSI. The CSI transmission/reception method and apparatus is capable of transmission CSI efficiently in the CoMP system. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130273951 | METHODS AND APPARATUS BY WHICH PERIODICALLY BROADCASTING NODES CAN RESOLVE CONTENTION FOR ACCESS TO A SMALLER POOL OF BROADCASTING RESOURCES - A method, a computer program product, and an apparatus for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus transmits broadcast information in a first broadcast resource from a first set of broadcast resources. In addition, the apparatus determines based on the broadcast information a need for a second broadcast resource from a second set of broadcast resources. Furthermore, the apparatus selects the second broadcast resource based on a priority associated with the first broadcast resource. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273952 | IMT AND NON-IMT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication apparatus associated with a system that uses two or more wireless standard in IMT and non-IMT bands. The invention is a wireless device with the ability to operate, transmit and/or receive, in one or more IMT bands and one or more non-IMT bands that are licensed to services and/or applications other than IMT. This is accomplished through inclusion in the wireless device of one or more radios operating in licensed IMT bands, an “IMT radio”, and one or more radios operating in licensed non-IMT bands, a “non-IMT radio”. A non-IMT radio could be a stand-alone, separate radio inside the wireless device or an extension or modification of the IMT radio in a way that it covers non-IMT bands. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273953 | OPERATOR AND THIRD PARTY CLOUD SPECTRUM SERVICES FOR EFFICIENT SPECTRUM USAGE - A cloud spectrum manager (CSM) for managing the sharing of spectrum among multiple operators in a distributed computing environment. The cloud spectrum manager comprises an allocation service component which applies a resource allocation policy to determine whether the requested spectrum from an operator may be allocated. The allocation of spectrum allows the operator to get spectrum from the CSM at wholesale prices and then the operator manages the rented spectrum with its associated client devices. The operator manages the rented spectrum, perform their own analytics & optimization and offer spectrum services to the clients. The demands on the CSM are alleviated since it can manage spectrum at whole sale quantities and leave the finer grain device to device management to the operator. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273954 | Adaptive Generation of Channel State Feedback (CSF) Based on Base Station CSF Scheduling - Adaptive generation of channel state feedback (CSF) based on base station CSF scheduling. CSF report scheduling information may be received. CSF metrics may be generated based at least in part on the CSF report scheduling information. A CSF report including the CSF metrics may be transmitted to the base station. Periodicity of CSF report scheduling or other CSF report scheduling factors may be taken into consideration in generation of the CSF metrics. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273955 | Generation of a Data Stream Comprising User Messages in a Satellite-Based Augmentation System - In a satellite-based augmentation system a data stream is generated that includes user messages having different message types. A plurality of predetermined unique sequences of message types are formed and each formed sequence is allocated to one of a plurality of data sources that are used for generating user messages in the satellite-based augmentation system. A data source is selected for generating a data stream that includes user messages. The selected data source generates the data stream including user messages by using the predetermined unique sequence of message types that is allocated to the selected data source. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273956 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIFI ACCESS POINT UTILIZING FULL SPECTRUM CAPTURE - A WiFi access point (AP) includes a receive radio frequency (RF) front end and a baseband processor that controls operation of the receive RF front end. The RF front end captures signals over a wide spectrum that includes a plurality of WiFi frequency bands (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) and channelizes one or more WiFi channels from the captured signals. The baseband processor combines a plurality of blocks of WiFi channels to create one or more aggregated WiFi channels. The receive RF front end may be integrated on a first integrated circuit and the baseband processor may be integrated on a second integrated circuit. The first and second integrated circuits may be integrated on a single package. The RF front end and the baseband processor may be integrated on a single integrated circuit. The WiFi access point comprises a routing module that is communicatively coupled to the baseband processor. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130273957 | METHODS FOR USING A DETECTOR TO MONITOR AND DETECT CHANNEL OCCUPANCY - Methods for using a detector to monitor and detect channel occupancy are disclosed. The detector resides on a station within a network using a framed format having a periodic time structure. When non-cooperative transmissions are detected by the network, the detector assesses the availability of a backup channel enabling migration of the network. The backup channel serves to allow the network to migrate transparently when the current channel becomes unavailable. The backup channel, however, could be occupied by another network that results in the migrating network interfering with the network already using the backup channel. Thus, the detector detects active transmission sources on the backup channel to determine whether the backup channel is occupied. Methods for using the detector include scheduling detection intervals asynchronously. The asynchronous detection uses offsets from a reference point within a frame. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130281144 | CHANNEL SELECTION METHOD USING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION OF NEIGHBORING CHANNELS AND RELATED CHANNEL SELECTION DEVICE - A channel selection method includes steps of generating a plurality of test carriers on a plurality of different candidate channels, respectively; obtaining a plurality of channel quality information corresponding to the plurality of test carriers, respectively; generating a test result according to the plurality of channel quality information; and selecting a target channel from the plurality of candidate channels according to the test result. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130288729 | PROVISIONING RADIO RESOURCES IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A radio resource request in a radio access network (RAN) may be handled differently depending whether provision of the requested radio resource has been specified as optional (discretionary) or not optional (not discretionary). In the former case, the radio resource request may be discarded, rejected or delayed. In the latter case, the radio resource request may be accepted. In one embodiment, a running timer at a UE may indicate that a radio resource optionally to be provided was not provided by a RAN. When a subsequent request for the radio resource is accepted, the timer may be cleared. One or more UE applications may accordingly selectively subject user-plane data to be exchanged via the RAN, to a back-off delay scheme, to promoting acceptable responsiveness at UE applications that are, e.g. being actively used by a user. Radio resource requests may including RRC Connection Request and Cell Update messages. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288730 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) COMMUNICATION BETWEEN BASE-STATIONS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A method includes receiving, at a communication terminal, signals from a group of cells that cooperate in a Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) transmission scheme. Signaling that specifies a CoMP resource management (CRM) set is received at the communication terminal. The CRM set includes a subset of the cells in the group for which the communication terminal is to perform signal measurements. A size of the CRM set is restricted to a predefined maximum size. The signal measurements are performed at the communication terminal only on the signals received from one or more of the cells in the CRM set. The signal measurements performed on the one or more of the cells in the CRM set are reported from the communication terminal. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288731 | Method of Managing Cooperating Set for Coordinated Multiple Point Transmission and Reception and Related Communication Device - A method of managing cooperating set for a network in a wireless communication system supporting a technology of coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission/reception includes periodically updating a cooperating set of CoMP for a user equipment of the wireless communication system; wherein the cooperating set of CoMP represents a set of transmission points directly and/or indirectly participating in data transmission to the user equipment in the wireless communication system. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288732 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method for setting costs for transmitting data associated with a machine-type communication (MTC) entity over a radio network in a wireless telecommunications system is described. The method comprises determining a transmission cost parameter representing a cost associated with transmitting data in the radio network and communicating the transmission cost parameter to the MTC entity. MTC entities using the radio network are thus able to manage their data transmissions based on transmission cost. Thus the radio network is able to dynamically manage traffic load by providing a cost incentive for transmitting MTC data when network resources are under utilised and applying a cost penalty for transmissions made while the network is relatively busy. Furthermore, the MTC entities of the wireless communication system are able to selected times and/or manner of data transmissions to reduce their overall cost of using the network. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288733 | NODE DEVICE - A node device | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288734 | COGNITIVE RADIO METHODOLOGY, PHYSICAL LAYER POLICIES AND MACHINE LEARNING - In a method of cognitive communication a system for generating non-interfering transmission, includes conducting radio scene analysis to find grey space using external signal parameters for incoming signal analysis without having to decode incoming signals. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130288735 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A system and method for wireless network management, for managing wireless access technology and available resources of plural wireless networks. The wireless network management system includes: an information interaction module for collecting wireless network relevant information; a service discovery module for discovering service demands of the wireless networks to generate a set of service demand networks; and an analysis and decision module for determining a new wireless network configuration by merging networks and/or partitioning a network group, wherein the information interaction module is also used for distributing the new wireless network configuration to the wireless networks to allow these to carry out system reconfiguration. With the system and method, cooperative and competitive relationships between wireless networks can be adjusted to enable the networks to adapt to dynamic change of user distribution and resource demands thereof more flexibly and quickly, thereby achieving effective utilization of resources. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130295978 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RADIO FREQUENCY RESOURCES IN A MULTIPLE-RADIO-STACKS CONTEXT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving a request with a priority for a radio frequency (RF) resource from one of a plurality of wireless radio stacks at a user equipment, the request having a time window and pre-reserving the RF resource for the received request if the time window of the received request is fixed and is not in a conflict with that of an existing pre-reserved request or the priority of the request is higher than that of the existing, conflicting pre-reserved request. The method also comprises reserving the RF resource for the received request if the time window of the received request is not in a conflict with that of a pre-reserved request from a different radio stack or the priority of the received request is higher than that of the conflicting pre-reserved request. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130295979 | COMBINED OPEN LOOP/CLOSED LOOP METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER OF A MOBILE STATION - A method and apparatus are disclosed comprising a combined open loop/closed loop uplink power control scheme for E-UTRA. The combined open and closed loop method for UL intra-cell PC controls the wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) transmit power spectral density (PSD), PSD | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130303219 | CONFIGURATION OF CSI-RS RESOURCES BY NETWORK FOR ENABLING COMP - Example embodiments described herein are directed to systems and methods by which a group of base stations (BS) can configure pilot signals in time and time-frequency, called channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, so that the user equipment (UE) such as mobiles and laptops can measure certain possible channel quality indicators (CQI) that correspond to specific channel and interference conditions that can arise during actual data submission. Using these values, example embodiments utilize an interpolation algorithm by which the group of base stations can estimate other possible CQI corresponding to a different set of channel and interference conditions. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130303220 | CONFIGURATION OF PILOT SIGNALS BY NETWORK FOR ENABLING COMP - Example embodiments described herein are directed to systems and methods by which a group of base stations (BS) can configure pilot signals in time and time-frequency, using interference management resources (IMR) and/or channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, so that the user equipment (UE) such as mobiles and laptops can measure certain possible channel quality indicators (CQI) that correspond to specific channel and interference conditions that can arise during actual data submission. Using these values, example embodiments utilize an interpolation algorithm by which the group of base stations can estimate other possible CQI corresponding to a different set of channel and interference conditions. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130303221 | SCHEDULING METHOD - A scheduling method includes acquiring first information, second information, and third information from a first terminal located in a service area of a first base station; determining based on the first information, the second information, and the third information, whether a first process assigned to the first terminal is to be collected; and assigning the first process to a second terminal located in the service area of the first base station, when at the determining the first process is determined to be collected. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130303222 | CONNECTED-STATE RADIO SESSION TRANSFER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments described herein relate to connected-state radio session transfer in wireless communications. A target access network controller may create a radio session associated with an access terminal, the radio session corresponding with a source radio session at a source access network controller. The target access network controller may also establish a communication route between a data network and the access terminal via the target access network controller. The target access network controller may further receive a frozen state associated with the source radio session from the source access network controller. In an aspect, the frozen state may include a snapshot of any data being communicated through the source radio session when freezing occurred. The target access network controller may subsequently unfreeze the received state. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130310096 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK DEVICES, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - According to one aspect of this disclosure, a communication network device is provided comprising a first determiner configured to determine a plurality of wireless communication devices requiring a communication connection to a base station; a second determiner configured to determine, for each wireless communication device of the plurality of wireless communication devices, a time to establish the communication connection requested by each wireless communication device and a transmitter configured to transmit, to each wireless communication device of the plurality of wireless communication devices, an indication of the time to establish the communication connection requested by each wireless communication device. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130310097 | MULTIUSER SCHEDULING FOR RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Terminals in a wireless communication system are scheduled according to a metric based on average power data received from a plurality of terminals at a plurality of base stations. An acceptable metric lies below a threshold value determined by the particular user's quality of service requirement. Groups of terminals are scheduled for simultaneous transmission in respective intervals of time or frequency. An equation for the metric {tilde over (K)} | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130310098 | System and Method for Adaptive Downlink CoMP Operation - A uniform feedback format mandates that mandates that DPS CSI, JT CSI, and CQI are reported irrespective of which transmission scheme was previously used to perform transmissions. The DPS CSI, JT CSI, and CQI are then used to select a transmission scheme from a group of candidate transmission schemes. The selected transmission scheme can be a CoMP transmission scheme. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130310099 | System and Method for Synchronized and Coordinated Beam Switching and Scheduling in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for synchronized and coordinated beam switching and scheduling in a wireless communications system is provided. A method for controller operation includes determining a beam cycle pattern, sharing the beam cycle pattern with neighboring controllers, receiving beam information from a communications device, generating scheduling information from the beam cycle pattern and beam cycle patterns from other controllers, receiving a transmission intended for the communications device, and causing the transmission to be transmitted to the communications device. The beam cycle pattern includes a list of beam patterns transmitted by the controller, and the transmission is transmitted using the scheduling information and the received beam information. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130324174 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - According to an aspect of this disclosure, a communication network device is provided comprising a receiver configured to receive a request that communication resources, that have been free for allocation by a communication network should not be allocated by the communication network; a determiner configured to determine a set of communication devices for which the communication resources have been free for allocation and which should not allocate the communication resources; and a controller configured to cause that the communication resources are not allocated by the communication devices of the determined set. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130324175 | OTHER CELL INTERFERENCE ESTIMATION - Mobile broadband traffic has been exploding in wireless networks resulting in an increase of interferences and reduced operator control. Networks are also becoming more heterogeneous putting additional demand in interference management. Scheduler schedules uplink transmissions from UEs based on a load prediction algorithm that typically assumes worst case. However, UEs do not always use full power granted, and thus, much of granted radio resources are wasted. To address these and other issues, technique(s) to accurately predict/estimate other cell interferences and thermal noise separately and to accurately predict/estimate load utilization probability and variance is(are) described. Inventive estimation technique(s) can be used to schedule UEs to more fully utilize available radio resources. Extended Kalman filtering can be adapted for use in estimation providing low order computational complexity. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130324176 | RADIO UNIT, BASEBAND PROCESSING UNIT AND BASE STATION SYSTEM - A radio unit configured to connect to a baseband processing unit includes a transformation unit configured to obtain uplink time domain signal data and transform the uplink time domain signal data into uplink frequency domain signal data; and a compression unit configured to compress the uplink frequency domain signal data by using a compression algorithm. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130331138 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, a Base Station (BS), and a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system for transmitting and receiving a signal are provided. The method for transmitting a signal by a first BS in a wireless communication system includes receiving control information including information related to transmission of a Reference Signal (RS) by one or more second BSs, from the one or more second BSs which are neighboring BSs of the first BS, and transmitting signals to a UE based on information as to a second resource identified in the received control information, wherein the second resource corresponds to an identical resource to that used by the one or more second BSs for transmitting the RS. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130331139 | System and Method for Establishing an Incident Communications Network - The present invention is directed to systems and methods for establishing incident communications networks. In an embodiment, the system includes an incident controller, a communications resource database that stores communications resources information and a marshalling rules module that stores a set of marshalling rules. A marshalling rule identifies how to select the communications resources to be marshaled into the incident communications network based on an incident trigger. Upon receipt of an incident trigger, the incident controller is configured to establish the incident communications network by obtaining a marshalling rule based on the incident trigger. The incident controller marshals communications resources based on the marshalling rule and the communications resources determined to be available. Information sources can either provide an incident trigger (e.g., a hurricane warning) or provide data to be analyzed to determine an incident trigger. In an embodiment, an incident communications network includes one or more mobile interoperability workstation. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130331140 | METHOD OF OPERATING A BASE STATION AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method of operating a base station ( | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130337857 | WHITE SPACE UTILIZATION - The concepts relate to broadcasting white space utilization. One example can function as a client relative to a wireless access point that is configured to obtain authorization to utilize a radio white space frequency according to a set of constraints. The example can function as a Wi-Fi direct group owner to establish a Wi-Fi connection with a device that is not the wireless access point. This example can also transmit data over the radio white space frequency to the device in compliance with the set of constraints. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130337858 | DYNAMIC AND CONFIGURATION BASED FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE FOR UNEVEN LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS - A fractional frequency reuse method for assigning physical resource units of a contiguous frequency band to sectors of cells is disclosed. Each cell includes at least one base station, for transmission of data to users in the sectors The method comprises, for each cell, segmenting the frequency band such that each separate segment includes a first contiguous portion of physical resource units dedicated to all sectors of the cell in vicinities of the center of the cell and a second contiguous portion of physical resource units dedicated for use in only one of the sectors in the cell in an outer area of the cell, assigning each cell with a physical resource unit configuration such that the second contiguous portion of physical resource units of a sector of a given cell partially overlaps with the first contiguous portion of physical resource units in a segment including the second contiguous portion dedicated to the same sector of a cell neighboring the given cell, and transmitting the data to the users in the sectors in accordance with the assigned physical resource unit configurations. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems also are disclosed. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20140004895 | DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION (MTC) SERVICE AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140004896 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140004897 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING RESOURCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140011530 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, POWER CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - A transmission power adjustment value acquisition unit references a transmission power/adjustment value table to output a transmission power adjustment value for transmission power. A transmission frequency correction value acquisition unit references a transmission frequency/correction value table to output a transmission power correction value, from a center frequency of the position of an RB that is sent from a used transmission frequency calculation unit and that will actually be used. An adjustment value addition unit adds the adjustment value for the obtained transmission power and the transmission power correction value for the center value of the position of the RB that will actually be used, and calculates the transmission power setting. Since the transmission power correction value is obtained from the center frequency of the position of the RB actually transmitted, misalignment between the transmission power setting and the actual transmission power is reduced. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140011531 | Performing Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) in a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention relates to the field of coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) in wireless communication networks, in particular to methods, an apparatus, and a network node for use in performing coordinated data transmissions in a wireless communication network. A method for use in a network node for coordinating data transmission to user equipments in a wireless communication network, wherein the wireless communication network comprising at least two access nodes each access node having one or more antennas and being arranged to perform coordinated data transmissions to user equipments is provided. The method comprising: obtaining signal strength values associated with the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes for a number of user equipments; arranging the number of user equipments into one or more groups of user equipments and associating each of the one or more groups of user equipments with a sub-set of the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes based on the obtained signal strength values; and coordinating data transmission performed by the at least two access nodes to each of the one or more groups of user equipments based on the subset of the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes associated with each group of user equipments, respectively. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140018120 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station apparatus for performing radio communication with a terminal apparatus by using a first and second radio frequency bands, the radio base station apparatus including a change unit which changes a radio frequency band for transmitting a control signal from the first radio frequency band to the second radio frequency band, when the change unit detects interference with respect to the control signal transmitted to the terminal apparatus; and a transmission unit which transmits the control signal by using the second radio frequency band. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140024403 | CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - A channel switching method, apparatus, and system are disclosed. A mobile terminal sends a channel switching command to a first access point, so that the first access point parses the channel switching command and sends a parsed channel switching command to a second access point and the second access point performs channel switching according to the parsed channel switching command. The mobile terminal receives a feedback message from the first access point. When the feedback message indicates that channel switching preparation of the second access point is ready, the mobile terminal breaks a connection to the first access point and sets up a connection to the second access point to complete the channel switching. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140024404 | Method of Initializing a Channel in a Medical Body Area Network - According to the disclosure of the present invention, a method of a Network Body Area Network (MBAN) master to control the channel defaulting of an MBAN terminal in an MBAN system is provided. The method includes: performing an association process with the MBAN terminal through a channel of a first frequency band; and transmitting control information for the channel initialization of the MBAN terminal to the MBAN terminal. The control information includes a channel defaulting timer, and a value of the channel defaulting timer indicates a time between the timing when the MBAN terminal cannot receive a signal from a channel of the first frequency band in use and the timing when the channel search of a second frequency band starts. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140024405 | SENSING THRESHOLD DETERMINING METHOD AND SENSOR NODE DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a sensing threshold determining method and a sensor node device. The sensing threshold determining method includes: measuring, by a sensor node, a target frequency band and determining used frequencies in the target frequency band and received signal strength of the sensor node at the used frequencies, where the used frequencies in the target frequency band include frequencies being used or having been used by a primary user transmitter in the target frequency band; and determining, by the sensor node, a sensing threshold for unused frequencies in the target frequency band according to the received signal strength at the used frequencies, where the unused frequencies include frequencies that are not used by the primary user transmitter in the target frequency band. With the embodiments of the present invention, a sensor node can determine a proper sensing threshold for unused frequencies. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140038654 | Distributed Computing in a Wireless Communication System - Distributed computing in a wireless communication system. Reports may be received from a plurality of nodes in a wireless communication system. Each respective report may include information regarding computing resources at the respective node. A notification of a request for a computing resource may be received from a first wireless user equipment device. A first node may be selected from the plurality of nodes to provide the computing resource based on the reports received from the plurality of nodes. The first node may be assigned to provide the computing resource. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140038655 | CHANNEL REPORTING FOR TELEVISION WHITESPACE - Various technologies described herein pertain to providing spectrum utilization feedback from a whitespace device. A database query for a set of available channels in a spectrum (e.g., broadcast spectrum, etc.) during a time period can be transmitted from the whitespace device to a regulatory authorized database system. The database query includes data that specifies a set of channels used by the whitespace device during a previous time period prior to the time period. Responsive to the database query, a response can be received at the whitespace device from the regulatory authorized database. The response indicates the set of available channels in the spectrum during the time period, where the available channels are unassigned to licensees at a location of the whitespace device during the time period. Moreover, the whitespace device is configured to opportunistically communicate in the spectrum over one or more of the available channels. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140038656 | SIGNAL-AWARE DATA TRANSFER IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Described herein are various technologies pertaining to scheduling data transfer between a mobile computing device and a base station in a cellular network. A signal quality value for a signal over which data is to be transferred is computed, and transfer of data is scheduled based upon the signal quality value. If the signal quality value is above a threshold, a wireless radio of the mobile computing device is caused to commence data transfer or continue data transfer. If the signal quality value is below the threshold, and the data need not be immediately transferred, then the wireless radio is caused to transition to an idle state or remain in an idle state. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140038657 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A COEXISTENCE SYSTEM - One embodiment disclosed in the present description relates to a coexistence manager which can adaptively select channels in a coexistence environment between disparate systems with channel use constraints that inherently exist with use of TVWS. Accordingly, the embodiment disclosed in the present description provides a resource allocation method for a manager device, comprising the steps of: receiving a channel allocation request from a first network or device; determining a second network or device for switching channels based on the benefits of each channel or device, if a channel cannot be assigned to the first network or device; switching the channel used by the second network or device to another channel and raising its priority; and assigning the channel used by the second network or device to the first network or device. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140051469 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR TRANSFERRING RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN NETWORK CONTROLLERS MANAGING COEXISTENCE IN RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed for managing coexistence of secondary users in RF spectrum. An example embodiment includes selecting by an apparatus, a candidate network controller to which to transfer from a serving network controller, responsibility for resource allocation for a wireless network served by the serving network controller, based on one or more criteria for selection including characteristics of one or more wireless networks served by the candidate network controller; transmitting by the apparatus, to a selected candidate network controller, a request to transfer the responsibility for resource allocation for the wireless network, based on the one or more criteria for selection; and causing by the apparatus, the serving network controller to relinquish the responsibility for resource allocation for the wireless network, if the selected candidate network controller indicates that it will assume the responsibility. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140051470 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING UPLINK DATA SIGNALS SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH DEVICE TO DEVICE DATA SIGNALS - A wireless communications device, e.g., a mobile wireless terminal, is controlled by a base station to simultaneously: (i) transmit uplink data signals in an uplink spectrum to a base station and (ii) transmit device to device data signals in the uplink spectrum to another wireless communications device. In various embodiments, the uplink data signals are communicated in a first multi-antenna stream corresponding to a first multi-antenna configuration and the device to device data signals are communicated in a second multi-antenna stream corresponding to a second multi-antenna configuration. Control information communicated from the base station to the wireless communications device being controlled include, e.g., a selected first antenna configuration for uplink data signaling, a selected second antenna configuration for device to device data signaling, a selected first maximum transmission power level for uplink data signaling and a selected second maximum transmission power level for device to device data signaling. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140051471 | ADAPTIVE UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION FOR BACKHAUL - A method and system for adaptive coordinated multipoint support in a wireless communication system are disclosed. According to one aspect, the invention provides an uplink coordinated multipoint, CoMP, method. A CoMP request is received at a cooperating base station from a serving base station. The CoMP request specifies a first CoMP payload type. Responsive to receiving the CoMP request, a second type of CoMP payload to provide to the serving base station is provided. The second type of CoMP payload is determined based at least in part on resource usage. The cooperating base station provides a CoMP payload of the determined second CoMP payload type to the serving base station. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140051472 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention provides a resource management method and system thereof. The resource management method includes: judging whether the variation degree of work state of a communication system will result in the change of resource management information of the communication system or not, if so, then the resource management information is re-collected, wherein the resource management information includes the state, the interference state among links and service stream information relating to each node in the communication system; and determining the resource allocation strategy of the communication system according to the resource management information. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140057670 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention provides a method for performing device-to-device communication in a wireless access system that supports the device-to-device communication and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the invention comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, device-to-device communication parameters for broadcasted device-to-device communication; transmitting a detection signal to one or more devices using the received device-to-device communication parameters; receiving, from the one or more devices, link measurement information for measuring a link between a first device and the one or more devices using the detection signal; selecting a second device for performing the device-to-device communication from the one or more devices using the link measurement information; and performing the device-to-device communication with the selected second device. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140066116 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - The present application discloses a method of and apparatus for interference measurement in coordinated multipoint transmission so as to enable a user equipment to report corresponding channel state information accurately with respect to different interference sources. In the method according to an embodiment of the invention, the network side configures a user equipment with a plurality of sets of REs for interference measurement with respect to different interference sources and instructs the user equipment to select a set of REs for interference measurement adapted to an actual application environment to perform interference measurement, and as such in CoMP transmission, the user equipment can report channel state information with respect to the different interference sources accurately according to a network environment, so that the network side can gain timely knowledge of a change in network environment, thus accommodating a demand of CoMP transmission and further improving the performance of the system. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140073369 | Systems and Methods for Downlink Power Control and Scheduling in a Wireless Network - Methods and systems for providing joint power control (PC) and scheduling in a wireless network are provided. In one example, a method includes generating a near-optimal power pattern for PC and scheduling in accordance with long term channel statistics. The near-optimal PC solution may be generated by first generating a set of possible power patterns in accordance with likely scheduling scenarios, then statistically narrowing the set of possible power patterns to identify the most commonly used power patterns, and finally selecting one of the most commonly used power patterns as the near-optimal power pattern. In another example, a table of optimal PC solutions are provided for performing distributed PC and scheduling in an adaptive and/or dynamic manner. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140073370 | METHOD OF MOBILE DEVICE RESOURCE REUSE IN MOBILE CLOUD - Provided is a method of reusing a mobile device resource in a mobile cloud. According to an embodiment, the method may be a method for using a mobile device resource of a mobile device resource provider in the mobile cloud, the method including requesting use of at least one of the mobile device resources from the mobile device resource provider, wherein the mobile device resource includes content stored by the mobile device resource provider, a function provided to the mobile device resource provider, and an application installed to the mobile device resource provider; and receiving the requested mobile device resource of the mobile device resource provider, wherein, when use of the content is requested, the requested content may be received through download or streaming, and, when use of the function or the application is requested, a result of executing the function or the application may be received. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140080530 | METHOD FOR CALCULATING FAIRNESS INDEX AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES BASED ON THE FAIRNESS INDEX IN COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Provided is a method of calculating a fairness index that is a criterion indicating fairness of resource allocation between coexistence managers in a coexistence management system, the method including: calculating a normalized resource allocation amount by normalizing an amount of resources allocated to a corresponding coexistence manager to an amount of resources required by the corresponding coexistence manager with respect to each of the coexistence managers; and calculating the fairness index using the normalized resource allocation amounts calculated with respect to the respective coexistence managers. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140080531 | Extended Access Barring Mechanisms for Machine Type Communications - Methods, apparatuses and a computer program product for Extended Access Barring for machine type communications defining first access class barring parameters, a first scaling factor and a second scaling factor, and transmitting, by a base station, the first access class barring parameters, the first scaling factor and the second scaling factor to user equipment. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140094207 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING FILTER INFORMATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating filter information. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to perform the functionality of a first station (STA) to communicate with a second STA, the wireless communication unit is to communicate filter information including Transmit (Tx) filter information, the Tx filter information representing one or more Tx filter parameters of one or more Tx filters utilized by at least one STA selected from the group consisting of the first STA and the second STA. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140099984 | User Scheduling Method and Base Station in Coordinated Scheduling - The present invention discloses a method for scheduling users in coordinated scheduling, which is applied in a long term evaluation-advanced system, a coordinated cell determines and stores user pairing information in initial scheduling, and the coordinated cell uses the user pairing information that has been stored to determine a scheduled user in subsequent iterative scheduling. The present invention also discloses a corresponding base station. With the scheduling schemes in the present invention, in intra-cell scheduling, user pairing information is stored in an initial scheduling process and is used in subsequent iterative scheduling without performing multiple user pairing search in the iterative scheduling, which reduces the computation amount in the iterative scheduling and system resources occupied by the iterative scheduling and accelerates the system processing time in a premise of not reducing the system performance, thereby making the performance in the whole domain trend to the optimal. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140099985 | SMART ANTENNA FOR INTERFERENCE REJECTION - A smart antenna system is provided for communicating wireless signals between a mobile device and a plurality of different fixed base stations using one or more channels and one or more beams. The smart antenna system includes a control subsystem, a radio transceiver and an antenna subsystem coupled to each other and adapted to perform scanning of one or more combinations of base stations, channels and beams using one or more test links established with one or more of the fixed base stations where the test links use at least some of the channels and the beams. A first combination of base station, channel and beam is selected based on the scanning; and a first operating link is established for transmitting a wireless signal to the selected base station using the selected channel and beam. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140106802 | Method and System for Uplink Joint Scheduling - An embodiment method for performing joint scheduling in a cluster of base stations (BSs) of a wireless network includes receiving coarse scheduling information pertaining to external BSs and performing joint scheduling for the instant cluster of BSs such that a sum utility is maximized. The sum utility includes an out-of-cluster utility component representing interference observed by the external BSs as a result of the joint scheduling. The out-of-cluster utility component is computed in accordance with the coarse scheduling information. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140106803 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus detects a radio signal from another communication apparatus which performs radio communication in another apparatus station, estimates a producing period and signal timing of the another apparatus station using the detected radio signal, determines, based on the detected radio signal, a communication apparatus which has transmitted the signal, and stores, in association with each other, the determined communication apparatus and the producing period and signal timing of the another apparatus station, wherein at least one of the stored producing period and signal timing of the other apparatus station is updated using the detected radio signal. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140106804 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A wireless communication terminal including a wireless communication unit which performs wireless communication of streaming data for use in streaming of content and control data for use in control of the streaming and a network construction unit which performs one of a first connection process of acquiring format information of streaming data that another wireless communication terminal supports and a second connection process in which no format information is acquired when a wireless network is constructed, a connection request from the other wireless communication terminal for the constructed wireless network is received by the wireless communication unit, and a connection to the other wireless communication terminal is made. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140106805 | MULTI-MODE BASE STATION AND OPERATING METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THEREOF - A multi-mode base station and an operating method and a wireless communication system thereof are provided. The multi-mode base station includes: at least two protocol processing modules, vested in at least two modes respectively, and adapted to process data and/or signaling of the mode according to the protocol corresponding to the mode; and an interface processing module, adapted to distinguish the mode of the data and/or the signaling while receiving the data and/or the signaling, and distribute the data and/or the signaling to the protocol processing module corresponding to the mode. Thus, the reconfiguration of the multi-mode base station can be performed more conveniently and quickly. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140106806 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS THEREIN - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a radio base station for transmitting an information signal in a radio communications network. The radio base station is arranged to operate in a time structure associated with a clock and arranged to transmit an information signal associated with the time structure. The radio base station is in the radio communications network. The radio base station transmits the information signal repeatedly with a first frequency over a first period of time. Then, the radio base station transmits the same information signal repeatedly with a second frequency over a second period of time, wherein the first frequency is lower than the second frequency and the first period of time is longer than the second period of time. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140120972 | REMOTE SENSING DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR AGRICULTURAL AND OTHER APPLICATIONS - A radio-frequency enabled remote sensing device which can be deployed as a single device or a system of networked devices for gathering environmental data. The device is fully integrated and autonomous. The device operates using solar energy and is battery free due to power saving features of its control module and communications module. The device may operate in a sleep/wake cycle to further conserve power during low light conditions. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140120973 | ENHANCED NETWORK-NETWORK INTERFACE SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICES - A method between a controlling server and a participating server, a network, and a server include enhanced signaling via a Multicast-Broadcast Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) report allowing User Equipment (UE) to communicate MBSFN areas to a controlling server. Thus, the enhanced controlling server's Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Services (MBMS) decisions can count all visiting devices in addition to its own in its MBSFN areas. The method, network, and server include new signaling and additional info to provide a participating server with MBSFN areas that will have MBMS activated for a group session. This enhances the participating server's determination of which its visiting devices need unicast bearers. The participating server can add information related to the current MBSFN area of its UE to a message to the controlling server indicating joining the UE to a group. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140120974 | System and Methods to Achieve Optimum Efficiency-Jain Fairness in Wireless Systems - Embodiments are provided for scheduling resources considering data rate-efficiency and fairness trade-off. A value of Jain's fairness index (JFI) is determined for transmitting a service to a plurality of users, and accordingly a sum of throughputs is maximized for transmitting the service to the users. Alternatively, a sum of throughputs is determined first and accordingly the JFI is maximized. Maximizing the sum of throughputs or JFI includes selecting a suitable value for a tuning parameter in an efficiency and fairness trade-off relation model. In accordance with the values of sum of throughputs and JFI, a plurality of resources are allocated for transmitting the service to the users. For static or quasi-static channels, the relation model is a convex function with a monotonic trade-off property. For ergodic time varying channels, the tuning parameter is selected by solving the relation model using a gradient-based approach. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140120975 | DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION METHOD, CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT, BASE STATION AND SPECTRUM ALLOCATION SYSTEM - A dynamic spectrum allocation method, a central control unit, a base station, and a spectrum allocation system are disclosed. The embodiments of the present invention further disclose a central control unit, a base station, and a spectrum allocation system to reduce the probability of failure of the spectrum allocation scheme. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140120976 | DORMANCY TIMER ADJUSTMENT IN A WIRELESS ACCESS NODE BASED ON WIRELESS DEVICE APPLICATION STATUS - A wireless communication device determines user interface activity initiated by a user application. The wireless communication device determines a timer setting based on the user interface activity initiated by the user application. The wireless communication device wirelessly transfers the timer setting to a wireless communication network. The wireless communication device exchanges wireless communications initiated by the user application with the wireless communication network. The wireless communication network uses a dormancy timer based on the user interface activity initiated by the user application. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140128116 | NON-ORTHOGONAL CONNECTION ID-BASED SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A scheduling method and apparatus using a non-orthogonal Connection IDentifier (CID) for use in a device-to-device communication system is provided. The scheduling method includes generating a non-orthogonal CID for communication with a counterpart terminal, determining slot indices for communication using the non-orthogonal CID, and communicating with the counterpart terminal through the slots indicated by the slot indices. The non-orthogonal CID-based scheduling method and apparatus is capable of selecting the slots for use in the non-orthogonal CID-based scheduling according to a rule so as to overcome CID collision in the system of using the non-orthogonal CID. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140135050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING EFFICIENCY AND DISTORTION LEAKAGE IN AWIRELESS POWER AMPLIFIER - A wireless communication system ( | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140141826 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTIPLE BAND SERVICE DISCOVERY - A system and method are provided for implementing unique multi-band service discovery protocols between communicating devices, including wireless communicating devices supporting operations according to multiple standards and in different frequency bands, particularly in peer-to-peer or ad hoc networking schemes. The disclosed systems and methods define within each service discovery frame, whether a service discovery query or a service discovery response, an indication of the frequency band and/or channel that may support a specific service indicated by the service discovery frame. Cooperating communicating devices between which communications are to be established supporting a specific service protocol are provided with a mechanism by which to identify which common frequency bands and/or channels the communicating devices may communicate in executing the specific service. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140148208 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF RECEIVER - A method of reducing power consumption of a receiver includes identifying a plurality of sensors for transmitting a signal, generating data for controlling a transmission operation of the plurality of sensors, and transmitting the data to the plurality of sensors. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140155114 | Method of Handling Device to Device Communication and Related Communication Device - A method of handling device to device communication for a first user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes establishing a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection to a network of the wireless communication system; performing a proximity-based services (ProSe) communication with a second UE of the wireless communication system; and transmitting a first message to the network when the first UE detects a radio link failure in the ProSe communication; wherein the first message indicates the radio link failure to the network or requests changing to a UE-to-network communication mode from a ProSe communication mode. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140162713 | TIME SYNCHRONIZED ROUTING IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A system for routing signals in a Distributed Antenna System includes a plurality of Digital Access Units (DAUs) and a plurality of Digital Remote Units (DRUs). The plurality of DAUs are coupled and operable to route signals between the plurality of DAUs. The plurality of DRUs are coupled to the plurality of DAUs and operable to transport signals between DRUs and DAUs. The system also includes a plurality of Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) and a plurality of Base Transceiver Station sector RF connections coupled to the plurality of DAUs and operable to route signals between the plurality of DAUs and the plurality of Base Transceiver Stations sector RF port connections. The system further includes one or more delay compensation merge units operable to delay signals transmitted from or received by each of the plurality of DRUs | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140162714 | INFORMATION EXCHANGE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for exchanging information between devices for use in the pairing process for Device To Device (D2D) communication is provided. A signal transmission/reception method of a device in a mobile communication system includes determining a resource for the device to transmit a pairing signal, transmitting a discovery signal including information on the determined resource, pairing with a neighbor device that received the discovery signal through the resource indicated by the resource information, and communicating data signals with the paired neighbor device. The information exchange method and apparatus for D2D communication is capable of preventing a plurality of devices from attempting pairing on the same frequency simultaneously, thereby improving pairing efficiency and reducing power consumption of the device. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140171136 | CLOUD SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - This disclosure is directed to a cloud spectrum management system. In general, an example cloud spectrum management system may match requests from spectrum requestors seeking available radio spectrum with spectrum owners desiring to lease available radio spectrum to determine radio spectrum trade transactions. An example system may include a market communication module to communicate with a market place for trading a spectrum of radio frequencies for use in wireless communication, a core service s module to determine radio spectrum trade transactions based at least on the communications between the market communication module and the market, and a management utilities module configured to manage the radio spectrum trade transactions determined by the core services module. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140171137 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONTROL DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION LINKAGE BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A control device is provided which controls wireless communication linkage between communication devices. The control device includes a communication unit configured to perform wireless communication with first and second communication devices; a user interface unit configured to generate a communication unit active signal according to a control of a user; and a control unit configured to activate the communication unit in response to the communication unit active signal. The communication unit receives communication linkage information for communication linkage between the first and second communication devices from the first communication device and sends the communication linkage information to the second communication device. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140171138 | SELECTIVE LAYER-2 FLUSHING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A method includes classifying signaling messages to be transmitted from a mobile communication terminal into one or more classes, wherein each class corresponds to a respective event relating to the terminal and specifies the signaling messages that become irrelevant when the event occurs. The signaling messages are queued for transmission in a queue. In response to detecting an occurrence of a given event, the irrelevant signaling messages are removed from the queue based on the class specifying irrelevant signaling messages corresponding to the given event. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140187278 | PREAMBLE TRANSMISSION DEVICE OF MULTI-MODE SUPPORTING BASE STATION AND PREAMBLE DETECTING DEVICE OF MULTI-MODE SUPPORTING USER TERMINAL - Provided are a preamble transmission device of a multi-mode supporting base station and a preamble detecting device of a multi-mode supporting user terminal. Selecting of the preamble signal is driven by the user terminal capable of supporting multi-modes, which contributes to smooth services from a user's viewpoint, and to effective use of the limited radio resources from an operator's viewpoint. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140200043 | GROUP SUBSCRIBER NUMBER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR A GROUP MESSAGING SERVICE - A method for managing group subscriber numbers in a group messaging device reduces the required number of group subscriber numbers used by the messaging service. The required number of group subscriber numbers is equal to the total number of groups in which a user is permitted to be a member and not the total number of groups of users in the system. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140200044 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device including an information acquisition unit acquiring first information concerning a position a guard area for a first wireless communication system and second information concerning a position of a master node of a second wireless communication system which is secondarily operated using a frequency channel used by the first wireless communication system, a determination unit determining, using the first information and the second information acquired by the information acquisition unit, whether or not an interval between a reference point of the first wireless communication system and the master node meets a condition which depends on a width of the guard area and a communication distance assumed for the second wireless communication system, and a control unit causing the second wireless communication system to be operated with a given transmission power if the determination unit determines the interval meets the condition. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140213312 | FREQUENCY COMPENSATION DEVICE AND FREQUENCY COMPENSATION METHOD THEREOF - A frequency compensation device, applicable to a user equipment (UE) communicating with a first base station (BS), includes a receiving module and a transmitting module. The receiving module has an offset detection unit for performing following steps. A first signal from the first BS at a first receiving frequency is received. A first transmitting frequency where the first BS transmits the at least one first signal is read. A difference between the first transmitting frequency and the first receiving frequency is calculated and used as a frequency difference. The transmitting module is for performing following steps. A BS parameter corresponding to the first BS is obtained. A frequency compensation value according to the BS parameter is calculated. A second transmitting frequency according to the frequency compensation value corresponding to the first BS is compensated. A second signal to the first BS at the compensated second transmitting frequency is sent. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140221031 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT AND DYNAMIC SYSTEM RESELECTION PROCEDURE FOR M2M STATIONARY DEVICES - Apparatus and method for wireless communication in a wireless communication network include receiving a synchronization channel message parameter at a user equipment (UE) from a network entity. The aspects also include transmitting data to the network entity based on the synchronization channel message parameter. Additionally, the aspects include determining whether an assignment of a reverse supplemental (RS) channel to the UE is performed by the network entity. Still further, the aspects include incrementing a counter value when the network entity fails to assign the RS channel. The aspects also include selecting another network entity when the counter value reaches a predetermined threshold. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140221032 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN MACHINE TO MACHINE NETWORKS - The disclosure is related to managing resources in an M2M network. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to performing a resource management by using a substitute resource in place of a failure resource in an M2M network. More specifically, in the case that a failure occurs in a specific resource associated with a request message, the present embodiment may select a substitute resource using a correlation between resources, and transfer the request message to the selected substitute resource. Herein, the resource management may be performed by a virtual service capability layer (SCL). | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140243031 | Method and System for Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) for Supporting Mesh Network Connectivity for Multipoint Networks - A method of provisioning a communications link between remote terminals within a hub-spoke network comprising receiving, by a first remote terminal, information about a second remote terminal from a hub, selecting, by the first remote terminal, a modulation factor, coding rate, symbol rate, center frequency, and power level based on the information received about the second remote terminal, transmitting, by the first remote terminal, a signal using at least one of the selected modulation factor, coding rate, symbol rate, center frequency, and power level, to the second remote terminal such that a communications link is created, and adjusting the modulation factor, coding rate, symbol rate, center frequency, or power level of the transmitted signal such that performance of the link is increased while maintaining a presence of the link. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140248917 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF FREQUENCY SPECTRUM USAGE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques of frequency spectrum usage in a wireless communication system include configuring two or more downlink carriers, each having a downlink carrier center frequency, to have a total occupied bandwidth that is constrained within an allocated downlink frequency spectrum. Further, the techniques include transmitting, to a user equipment (UE), two or more downlink carrier center frequency indicators that each identify a downlink carrier center frequency of each of the two or more downlink carriers. Also, the present techniques may include transmitting, to the UE, at least one uplink carrier center frequency indicator that at least relatively identifies at least one uplink carrier center frequency of at least one uplink carrier that is configured to have an independent, variable offset relative to one or more of the more than two downlink carriers. As such, these aspects allow new ways of squeezing carriers into the downlink while not impacting UE transmitter complexity. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140256373 | Test System Having Test Stations With Adjustable Antennas - A test system may include a master test station and slave test stations. The test stations may receive devices under test such as portable wireless electronic devices. Each test station may have adjustable antenna structures coupled to test equipment. The adjustable antenna structures may include antenna support structures on which test antennas are mounted and rail along which the antenna support structures and test antennas are moved by a pneumatic positioner. A rotatable platform may be provided in each test station to support the device under test in that test station. By making a series of over-the-air test measurements in the master test station while adjusting the antenna system and device positioning system, a satisfactory location for the active test antenna and device position may be identified. This configuration may then be used in performing single-point over-the-air tests in the slave test stations. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140274179 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A POWER TRANSMISSION LEVEL FOR A COMMUNICATION FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system, method and device for adjusting a communication parameter for a network communicating with a communication device are provided. The method comprises: monitoring for a condition relating to a first network that has been in communication with the communication device; and determining whether an adjustment is to be implemented on a communication parameter of a second communication network that has been in communication with the communication device based on the condition and if so, implementing the adjustment to the communication parameter for the second communication network. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140274180 | Aircraft Communications Switching System - A method and apparatus for managing communications. In one illustrative embodiment, an apparatus comprises a communications interface, an avionics interface, and a communications manager. The communications interface is configured to be connected to a group of wireless communications units. The avionics interface is configured to be connected to an avionics system. The communications manager is configured to identify the group of wireless communications units connected to the communications interface, receive input for a communications operation from a user interface in the avionics system, identify a number of wireless communications units in the group of wireless communications units for the communications operation from the input, and control operation of the number of wireless communications units to perform the communications operation. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140274181 | RESOURCE OPTIMIZATION IN A FIELD DEVICE - A field device assembly comprises a first process sensor, a wireless transceiver, and a processor. The first process sensor is disposed to sense a first process parameter. The wireless transceiver is configured to communicate wirelessly with a network manager. The processor is configured to process the sensed first process parameter, and to command the wireless transceiver and first process sensor to perform a first resource-intensive activity according to a first commissioned adaptive schedule whereby rates of the resource-intensive activity vary over time and/or based on sensed events. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140274182 | Method For Operating A Communication System In Wireless Vehicle-To-Environment Communication, And Communication System - A method for operating a communication system in wireless vehicle-to-environment communication includes: transmitting, using the communication system, different information as signals on various radio channels in accordance with its content, the communication system having at least two reception paths each having at least one separate antenna and an associated separate receiver for receiving the transmitted signals; and changing over the communication system between two modes of operation when a changeover criterion is satisfied, such that the at least two reception paths receive signals on a different radio channel in a first mode of operation and receive signals on the same radio channel in a second mode of operation. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140287789 | RADIO TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio terminal apparatus is operable in a discontinuous communication mode in which at least one of transmission and reception for communicating with a radio base station is performed periodically and discontinuously. The radio terminal apparatus includes a measurement unit configured to measure time from when download of data via the radio base station is completed to when download of the next data is requested in response to a user operation, a transmitting unit configured to transmit time information on the time measured by the measurement unit to the radio base station, and a radio control unit configured to acquire, from the radio base station, a parameter indicating at least one of a transmission period and a reception period that is determined on the basis of the time information, and control the discontinuous communication mode. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140287790 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO WAVE MONITORING APPARATUS - A radio wave monitoring apparatus that communicates with a wireless communication device which is separately provided from the radio wave monitoring apparatus and is configured to perform wireless communication via a channel selected from a plurality of channels; detects a specific radio wave at the plurality of channels; selects a channel for the wireless communication in response to a request from the wireless communication device and based on a result of the detecting; and sends channel information indicating the selected channel to the wireless communication device. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140287791 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING SMART ANTENNAS IN ESTABLISHING A BACKHAUL NETWORK - A method and system for utilizing smart antennas in transmission of messages between nodes are disclosed. A wireless communication system includes a plurality of nodes, and each node is capable of being connected to each other node. At least a portion of the nodes are provided with a smart antenna configured to generate a plurality of directional beams. Each node maintains a list of other nodes and beam configuration information to be used in transmission of messages to other nodes. When a source node is required to transmit to a target node, the source node retrieves the beam configuration information and transmits with a directional beam directed to the target node. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140302881 | Calculated Graphical Frequency Coverages Based On Aircraft Position - Concepts described herein may provide available RCO information that may be used when moving from one RCO to another RCO. Range rings for the available RCOs may be calculated and adjusted based on current flight conditions. The range rings may be prioritized to provide a prioritized list of available RCOs. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140302882 | REDUCING INTERFERENCE - A terminal is configured to operate in white space in a wireless communications network, the terminal including: a transmitter for transmitting a wireless signal on a channel lying in the frequency range 450 MHz to 800 MHz; a power controller for setting the transmit power of the wireless signal at a transmit level by adjusting the gain of a power amplifier, wherein the power controller is configured to detect a commencement time for a transmission burst and to adjust the gain over a ramping period from an initial level to the transmit level; and a data generator configured to generate ramping data for transmission during the ramping period and information data for transmission at the transmit level, wherein the ramping period is in the range 10 ms to 1 s. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140302883 | Co-Scheduling Based on Steering Vector Orthogonality - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining whether two user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network can be co-scheduled by an uplink scheduler. The method includes the determination of orthogonality factors for each pair of equipments to be considered and, from the orthogonality factors, selecting UEs to be co-scheduled. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140335906 | NETWORK-INITIATED CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING PROXIMITY SERVICE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, disclosed are a network-initiated control method and an apparatus for providing a proximity service (ProSe). A method for supporting ProSe between a plurality of terminals at a network node of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a step of acquiring base ProSe information from one or more of the plurality of terminals or from one or more of other network nodes; a step of allowing the network node to detect whether ProSe is enabled between the plurality of terminals based on the acquired base ProSe information; and a step of transmitting information indicating whether ProSe is allowed or not to one or more of the plurality of terminals. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140342766 | ELECTRONIC KEY CONVEY SOLUTION FOR IN-HOSPITAL MEDICAL BODY AREA NETWORK (MBAN) SYSTEMS - An electronic key conveyance system ( | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140349694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CROSS LINK ESTABLISHMENT - A method and apparatus for cross link (XL) establishment are disclosed. In the method and apparatus, a XL between a terminal wireless transmit/receive unit (T-WTRU) and a helper WTRU (H-WTRU) is established. The T-WTRU and the H-WTRU may be configured to operate in a plurality of RRC states and a plurality of RRC substates. To establish the XL, neighbor discovery, association information exchange, and a H-WTRU selection may be performed. Radio resource control (RRC) configuration of the T-WTRU and the H-WTRU may also be performed. In the method and apparatus, coverage for a T-WTRU may be handed over between a network and a H-WTRU or between two H-WTRUs. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140370926 | COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SELECTION APPARATUS AND METHODS - Apparatus and methods for communicating between an apparatus, such as a medical device, and a remote device are provided. One method includes determining a first indicator representative of a long-term availability for each of a plurality of channels for communication between a medical device and a remote device. The method further includes receiving a communication request from the remote device and, in response to the communication request, determining a second indicator representative of a short-term availability for each of the plurality of channels. The method further includes selecting a communication channel from the plurality of channels based on the first and second indicators. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140378178 | BANDWIDTH CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Technologies are generally described for a bandwidth control scheme. In some examples, a transmitter device configured to transmit information via a wireless connection may include a baseband signal processor configured to process the information to generate a baseband signal with a baseband bandwidth; a modulator configured to modulate a radio frequency (RF) signal with an RF bandwidth based on the baseband signal; and a controller configured to adjust at least one of the baseband bandwidth and the RF bandwidth based on a movement of the transmitter device relative to a position of a receiver device configured to receive the RF signal. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140378179 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - An in-vehicle apparatus that is a radio communication apparatus includes: a radio communication unit capable of performing radio communication using at least a 5-GHz band; a present-position detecting unit that detects a present position of the own apparatus; and a radio-communication-zone predicting unit that determines, when the radio communication unit is performing communication, whether switching of a channel of the radio communication unit is necessary on a basis of interference data, which is information concerning a coverage of a radio wave transmitted from another system that uses a 5-GHz band and transmits and receives a radio wave in a stationary state, map data, and the present position detected by the present-position detecting unit, and, when switching is necessary, further selects a switching destination channel or causes the radio communication unit to select the switching destination channel. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20150011252 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - To suppress increase in the amount of signals due to repetition of transition to a “Preservation state” and return to an “Active state,” a mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a receiving unit | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150024798 | Method and Apparatus of Transmitting a White Space Map Information in a Wireless Local Area Network System - A method of transmitting a White Space Map information in a wireless local area network system (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of transmitting a white space map information from a first station to a second station in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and an unlicensed device are permitted to operate together in a wireless local area network (WLAN) comprises acquiring a first list of available channels at each location of a plurality of locations from a regulatory database; determining a second list of available channels at a white space zone (WSZ) using the first list of available channels at each location of a plurality of locations; and transmitting, to the second station, one of a beacon frame, a probe response frame and a white space map announcement frame comprising a white space map (WSM) element, the WSM element including information of the WSZ and the second list of available channels, wherein the WSZ is a geographical area in which commonavailable channels are set. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150031405 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SEAMLESSLY SWITCHING BETWEEN A TRUNKED MODE OPERATION AND A DIRECT MODE OPERATION - A method and a system for operating a subscriber unit to seamlessly switch between a trunked mode operation (TMO) and a direct mode operation (DMO) in a communication system. The communication system includes one or more subscriber units communicating in trunked mode operation on a first communication channel via a base station and the subscriber units communicating in direct mode operation on a second communication channel via a direct mode gateway station. When the subscriber units communicate in the TMO and when the signal quality on the first communication channel is below the predetermined threshold, the subscriber units automatically switch to the direct mode operation. When the subscriber units communicate in DMO and when the signal quality on the second communication channel is below the predetermined threshold, the subscriber units automatically switch to the trunked mode operation. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150031406 | System and Method for Greedy-Based Autonomous Resource Block Assignment Scheme for Cellular Networks with Self-Organizing Relaying Terminals - Iterative sequential selection techniques can be used to efficiently compute RB assignment sequences in relay-assisted networks. Embodiment techniques construct a graphical representation of a cyclic group based on a selected pattern in a set of patterns and a selected cyclic-shift in a plurality of cyclic shifts. Remaining patterns are placed in a unitary group, and an iterative sequential selection technique is used to evaluate the remaining patterns in the unitary group for each of the cyclic shifts over a sequence of iterations, thereby complete the list of RB assignment sequences. At the end of each iteration, a new RB assignment sequence is added based on the pattern, cyclic shift tuple producing the fewest collisions with occupied resource blocks of the graphical representation. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150031407 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CENTRALIZED OR DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVER NETWORK - A master application device comprises a plurality of distributed transceivers, a central baseband processor, and a network management engine that manages operation of the master application device and end-user application devices. The master application device communicates data streams to the end-user devices utilizing one or more distributed transceivers selected from the plurality of distributed transceivers. The selected distributed transceivers and the end-user devices are concurrently configured by the network management engine based on corresponding link quality and propagation environment. The network management engine allocates resources to the selected distributed transceivers and the end-user devices during the data communication. The network management engine continuously monitors communication environment information to configure beamforming settings and/or antenna arrangement for the selected distributed transceivers. Beam patterns are selected for the selected distributed transceivers so as to minimize power consumption and/or based on the location and orientation information of the end-user application devices. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150038184 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A TETRA communications system, comprising a first TETRA communication device, connected to a first communication means by means of a first data link to transport TETRA message data and control information between said first communication means and said first TETRA communication device, a second TETRA communication device connected to a second communication means by means of a second data link to transport TETRA message data and control information between said second communication means and said second TETRA communication device, wherein said first communication means and said second communication means are further operable to establish a communications link with each other over a communications network to allow said message data and control information to be transported between said first and second TETRA communication device via said first communication means and said second communication means. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150038185 | RADIO-FREQUENCY INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (RFIC) CHIP(S) FOR PROVIDING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITIES, AND RELATED COMPONENTS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Radio-frequency (RF) integrated circuit (RFIC) chip(s) allow for the integration of multiple electronic circuits on a chip to provide distributed antenna system functionalities. RFIC chips are employed in central unit and remote unit components, reducing component cost and size, increasing performance and reliability, while reducing power consumption. The components are also easier to manufacture. The RFIC chip(s) can be employed in distributed antenna systems and components that support RF communications services and/or digital data services. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150038186 | MTC Device Communication Method, Device, and System - Embodiments of the present invention provide an MTC device communication method, device, and system. A second network element receives, a query message sent by a first network element after the first network element identifies that a type of a received short message is a preset-type short message. The query message comprises an identifier of a receiver of the short message and an identifier of a sender of the short message. The second network element checks whether the sender is authorized to send the preset-type short message to the receiver. The second network element sends a message to the first network element indicating whether or not to send the short message to the receiver. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150038187 | ADDRESS SPACE PARTITIONING AND FILTERING FOR DISCRETIONARY WIRELESS CONNECTION RESPONSE - A system and method for providing wireless communications between a medical controller hub and an implant node are disclosed. The hub transmits signals to facilitate communication connections with the node. The signals include connection invitation polls with identification parameters. A node monitors the hub's transmissions for the connection invitation polls. When a poll is detected, the node compares the identification parameters to a list of preferred identification values. If the received identification parameter is on the preferred list, and the node and hub are not already connected, then the node responds to the connection invitation poll. If the received identification parameter is not on the preferred list, then the node continues to monitor hub transmissions for other connection invitation polls that include identification parameters that are on the preferred list. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150045078 | METHOD FOR D2D TERMINAL TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a method for a device-to-device (D2D) terminal transmitting/receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting D2D communication. The method for the D2D terminal transmitting the data in the wireless communication system supporting D2D communication, comprises the steps of: establishing a link identifier between two D2D terminals and at least one connection identifier between the two D2D terminals; and transmitting the data by including the link identifier and the at least one connection identifier which are established. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150045079 | MOBILE GATEWAY, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME, AND RADIO ACCESS NETWORK EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - Appropriate bandwidths are allocated to base stations in response to variations in the arrangement of mobile terminals and according to the type of mobile terminals. Mobile gateways disposed between a plurality of base stations connecting a plurality of mobile terminals and a service network include a base station information acquiring unit that acquires communication capacities of the base stations; a mobile terminal information acquiring unit that acquires a communication capacity of each type of the mobile terminals; a communication bandwidth estimating unit that estimates the communication bandwidths of the base stations on the basis of the acquired communication capacities of the base stations and the acquired communication capacities of mobile terminals; and a communication bandwidth control unit that controls communication bandwidths corresponding to the base stations on the basis of the estimated communication bandwidth. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150050954 | TERMINAL DEVICE, MOBILE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - An operation requesting unit of a terminal device configured to, in a case that the terminal device is unable to be connected to a gateway device configured to connect a public wireless communication network and a short-range wireless communication network, transmit to the mobile management device, a gateway operation request signal that requests operation while regarding the terminal device as a gateway device. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150057040 | TRUNKED AND BROADBAND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A data communication system and a method of data communication. The method comprises receiving data associated with a plurality of users, wherein a first set of the plurality of users is located at a first location and a second set of the plurality of users is located at a second location. The method further comprises determining that the first set of users has access to both a broadband data communication system and a trunked radio system and that at least one user of the second set of users does not have access to the broadband data communication system. The data is then provided to the first set of users by the broadband data communication system and not the trunked radio system, and to the second set of users by the trunked radio system and not the broadband data communication system. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150080043 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH CELL SELECTION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A communication system includes: an antenna configured to receive a receiver signal; a communication unit, coupled to the antenna, configured to: generate a power analysis result including a signal-interference measure based on the receiver signal; and select a transmission frequency based on the signal-interference measure for communicating through a device. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150087347 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POLICY-BASED SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - Managing spectrum use in a managed area where spectrum use is carried out by an incumbent user on an intermittent basis includes sensing spectrum use in the managed area and determining that the incumbent spectrum user is actively using spectrum in the managed area by analyzing sensor data. A spectrum use policy associated with characteristics of the determined spectrum use is made and one or more secondary spectrum users are notified that spectrum defined in the identified policy is unavailable for use by the one or more secondary users. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150087348 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus selectively performs one of a first transmission method using for data transmission a radio resource which is assigned by a radio communication apparatus and which can be used on a contention basis by a plurality of radio communication apparatus and a second transmission method involving random access. Alternatively, the radio communication apparatus selectively performs one of the first transmission method and a third transmission method involving a request made to the radio communication apparatus to assign a radio resource for data transmission. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150094109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INCREASE SERVICE CAPACITY IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING IDLE WORKING CHANNELS AS FLEXIBLE CONTROL CHANNELS - A subscriber unit-based method and a subscriber unit include locally maintaining a status of each working channel of a plurality of working channels in a wireless communication system; responsive to an inbound request, selecting one of a plurality of idle working channels of the plurality of working channels and a dedicated control channel; and sending the inbound request on the selected channel. An infrastructure-based method is also provided. Variously, the methods and systems increase service capacity in radio communication systems using idle working channels as flexible control channels. An infrastructure-based method is also described. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150094110 | NETWORK ACCESS POINT, NETWORK CONTROLLER, NETWORK DEVICE, AND LOAD CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a network access point, a network controller, a network device, and a load control method thereof. The load control method includes: setting, by a network device, an access condition for accessing a first network by a terminal; receiving, by the network device, a first signal from the terminal, and obtaining a measurement parameter of the terminal according to the first signal; and if the measurement parameter of the terminal satisfies the access condition, sending, by the network device, a second signal to the terminal, so as to allow the terminal to access the first network, wherein the measurement parameter is a signal strength of the terminal and/or a terminal distance of the terminal. By using the foregoing manner, the present invention can improve spectral efficiency of a network access point. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150099555 | ENABLING A COMMUNICATION FEASIBILITY DETERMINATION TIME TO COMPLETE COMMUNICATION EXCHANGES BETWEEN AN M2M SERVER AND ONE OR MORE M2M DEVICES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for machine-to-machine communication are provided. A device receives a request from a requestor. The request requests the device to transmit information to the requestor according to a primary time duration. The device determines at least one secondary time duration within the primary time duration for transmitting the information to the requestor and schedules a transmission time within the at least one secondary time duration to transmit the information to the requestor in response to the request. The scheduling is based on additional information known to the device. A requestor determines a time duration for communicating with at least one device, transmits a request to the at least one device to transmit information to the requestor according to the time duration, and receives in response to the request the information from the at least one device within the time duration. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150099556 | METHOD, USER TERMINAL AND NETWORK SIDE EQUIPMENT FOR IMPROVING NETWORK RESOURCE OCCUPANCY - A method, a user terminal and a network side equipment for improving network resource occupation are disclosed. A dormancy timer is set for the user terminal and a time threshold of the dormancy timer is adjusted dynamically by monitoring a resource occupation rate of the communication system, where time threshold of the dormancy timer is inversely proportional to the resource occupation rate. In this way, relatively longer time threshold of the dormancy timer may be set when a system occupation rate is low, so as to improve user experience; and relatively shorter time threshold of the dormancy timer may be set when the system occupation rate is high, so as to provide a higher capacity and provide services for more user terminals. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150099557 | UNIVERSAL CONNECTIVITY FOR NON-UNIVERSAL DEVICES - A system includes at least one data collection device, each connected to a corresponding data terminal via a primary communication channel; and a central connectivity point connected to each data collection device via a wireless secondary communication channel so as to communicate with the at least one data collection device without disrupting communication between the at least data collection device and the corresponding data terminal via the primary communication channel and to permit remote administration of each data collection device. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150105114 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, METHODS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIA FACILITATING MULTIPLE DEVICE COORDINATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Multiple device coordination (MDC) in a wireless communication system is described. For example, a method includes identifying, by a coordinating device associated with an entity, one or more non-coordinating devices of a network and associated with the same entity. The method also includes coordinating a single, shared radio connection to which the coordinating device and the one or more non-coordinating devices are communicatively coupled. In some instances, coordination is performed via initializing, management and/or transmission stages. For example, from a set of candidate devices, a coordinating device and the non-coordinating devices are determined during the initialization stage. The coordinating device can be selected based on any number of different factors including, but not limited to, proximity to base station, transceiver power, resources, screen size and/or based on a selection made by the entity. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150105115 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A mobile terminal measures a first wireless quality that is a wireless quality of a first communication network, and measures a second wireless quality that is a wireless quality of a second communication network. The mobile terminal then determines a ratio between the number of first sockets used for the first communication network and the number of second sockets used for the second communication network, based on the first wireless quality or the second wireless quality. The mobile terminal then generates the first sockets and the second sockets at the determined ratio and transmits data by using each of the generated sockets. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150105116 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING AND SPECIFYING SPECTRUM AVAILABILITY FOR A PREDETERMINED TRAVEL ROUTE - A spectrum management server generates and an electronic device uses a channel map solution for a predetermined travel route of the electronic device. The channel map solution includes at least one available channel for each of the plural geographic areas through which the planned travel route passes. At least two adjacent ones of the geographic areas have different channel availability. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150133178 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TIME-CONTROLLED SERVICE IN MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for operating a Machine-to-Machine (M2M) Subscriber Station (SS) for a time-controlled service in an M2M communication system. The M2M SS registers the time-controlled service. The M2M SS establishes a service flow with an M2M Base Station (BS), after registering the time-controlled service. Data is transferred, from the M2M SS, to the M2M BS, through the service flow during an access admission time period. Transmission of the data to the M2M BS is ceased during an access restriction time period. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150304084 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus receives a radio resource control signal including at least a first parameter P | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150304852 | SPECTRUM RECLAIMING IN A LEASED SPECTRUM SYSTEM - This disclosure is directed to spectrum reclaiming in a leased spectrum system. A spectrum exchange coordinator (SEC) may be interposed between a spectrum owner and at least one operator to facilitate the leasing and reclaiming of spectrum. Upon occurrence of a trigger, the SEC may then determine a procedure for allowing the spectrum owner to reclaim the leased spectrum. The spectrum owner may be allowed to reclaim the leased spectrum in full based on an agreement. If not previously agreed to, the spectrum owner may be allowed to reclaim at least part of the spectrum. These operations may include a dual risk evaluation to determine how reclaiming the leased spectrum will affect quality of service (QoS). Partial or gradual reclaiming may then allow the leased spectrum to be reclaimed while minimizing impact. Examples of gradual reclaiming may be based on a time domain, frequency domain, or cellular basis. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150305013 | Adaptive Generation of Channel State Feedback (CSF) Based on Base Station CSF Scheduling - Adaptive generation of channel state feedback (CSF) based on base station CSF scheduling. CSF report scheduling information may be received. CSF metrics may be generated based at least in part on the CSF report scheduling information. A CSF report including the CSF metrics may be transmitted to the base station. Periodicity of CSF report scheduling or other CSF report scheduling factors may be taken into consideration in generation of the CSF metrics. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150312770 | AVAILABLE CHANNEL INFORMATION SHARING SYSTEM AND AVAILABLE CHANNEL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD - Disclosed are an available channel information sharing system and an available channel information sharing method, and an available channel information sharing system and an available channel information sharing method based on positional information and area information. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312932 | CENTRAL SCHEDULING MULTI-BOARD ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER STATION - A transceiver station provides wireless resources for cells on a plurality of carriers in a geographical coverage area, where the geographical coverage area is divided into a plurality of sectors. The transceiver station includes a first board and a second board. The first board includes a L1 processing circuit configured to perform L1 processing functions on at least one of radio frequency antenna streams and downlink transmit data for users in the cells on a per-carrier basis. The second board includes a scheduler configured to schedule at least one of uplink and downlink transmissions for the cells on a per-sector basis, the second board being separate from, but interconnected with the first board. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150327302 | SKYPOINT FOR MOBILE HOTSPOTS - A system and method for dynamically planning a network is presented. One method may begin by determining network parameters for connecting nodes to a network and decision variables associated with radios and/or nodes in the network. Constraints may be established to narrow possible values of the network parameters and/or the decision variables. The constraints may be based on one or more of: values associated with connecting a radio to a node in the network, values associated with connecting two nodes in the network together over a communication link, whether a node can connect to a GIG node and a flow balance in the GIG node. To find possible links in the network that are optimal, the method may minimize an equation based on the network parameters, constraints and decision variables to determine optimal communication links between pairs of nodes in the network, pairs of nodes and radios and/or pairs of radios. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150351055 | Systems and Methods for Downlink Power Control and Scheduling in a Wireless Network - Methods and systems for providing joint power control (PC) and scheduling in a wireless network are provided. In one example, a method includes generating a near-optimal power pattern for PC and scheduling in accordance with long term channel statistics. The near-optimal PC solution may be generated by first generating a set of possible power patterns in accordance with likely scheduling scenarios, then statistically narrowing the set of possible power patterns to identify the most commonly used power patterns, and finally selecting one of the most commonly used power patterns as the near-optimal power pattern. In another example, a table of optimal PC solutions are provided for performing distributed PC and scheduling in an adaptive and/or dynamic manner. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150351109 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF MANAGING FREQUENCY BAND SELECTION - In systems and methods of managing frequency band selection for a wireless device, a first signal level of a first frequency band and a second signal level of a second frequency band received at a wireless device are monitored, wherein the first frequency band comprises a lower frequency band than the second frequency band. A first signal level difference is determined between the first signal level and the second signal level, and the wireless device is instructed to communicate with the access node over the second frequency band when the first signal level difference meets a first signal level difference criteria based on a decrease of the second signal level. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150351131 | CROSS-CONNECTED CASCODE LOW NOISE AMPLIFIER FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - An apparatus includes a first amplifier circuit and a second amplifier circuit. The first amplifier circuit has a first output coupled to a first load circuit in a multi-output mode, and the second amplifier circuit has a second output coupled to a second load circuit in the multi-output mode. The apparatus further includes a first divert circuit and a second divert circuit. The first divert circuit is configured to divert a first portion of a first amplified signal from the first amplifier circuit to the second load circuit in the multi-output mode. The second divert circuit is configured to divert a first portion of a second amplified signal from the second amplifier circuit to the first load circuit in the multi-output mode. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150365919 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - This invention has as its object to set a one-to-one relationship upon establishing a wireless communication channel between a wireless communication device on the information transmitting side and a wireless communication device that receives and processes the information even in an environment including a plurality of wireless communication devices, and to assure simple user's operations at least until the communication channel is established. To this end, when the user inputs a wireless communication channel establishment instruction to both a digital camera and printer having wireless communication functions, these devices execute wireless communication establishment processes within an allowable time period which is specified by a time set in a timer and a retry count. When the devices can seize each other within that time period, the communication channel is established. After that, the digital camera sends a sensed image to the printer, which prints the sensed image. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20160028531 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention provides a resource management method and system thereof. The resource management method includes: judging whether the variation degree of work state of a communication system will result in the change of resource management information of the communication system or not, if so, then the resource management information is re-collected, wherein the resource management information includes the state, the interference state among links and service stream information relating to each node in the communication system; and determining the resource allocation strategy of the communication system according to the resource management information. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160037310 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A GROUP COMMUNICATION BASED ON MOTION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Methods and systems of communication using a mobile device include communicating with other mobile devices over an initial communication channel, detecting a first motion of the mobile device moving from a first position to a second position, establishing a second communication channel with the other mobile devices in response to the detected first motion, and communicating with the other mobile devices over the second communication channel. In an example, the initial communication may be a half-duplex communication channel, and the second communication channel may be a full-duplex communication channel. In another example, the initial communication may be a full-duplex communication channel, and the second communication channel may be a half-duplex communication channel. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160044558 | CAMERA IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A camera image display system that can transmit and receive images captured by a camera while emphasizing real-time performance. The camera image display system includes an image dividing unit that divides an entire image captured by a camera into divided images, an encoder that converts the divided images into JPEG divided images respectively, and a wireless transmitter that transmits the JPEG divided images. By converting and transmitting the images by each divided image, the camera image display system can display the divided images, which are only parts of the entire image, on the screen when the divided images are transmitted and received satisfactorily. With this, it can improve the real-time performance to display the images on the display unit. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160066314 | REMOTE UNIT FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF RADIO-FREQUENCY SIGNALS AND RELATED METHOD FOR THE MANUFACTURE THEREOF - The remote unit for the distribution of radio-frequency signals comprises: a plurality of electronic devices or modules operatively connected to each other for the processing of a radio-frequency signal to distribute within a coverage area, characterized in that it comprises: a first section having at least one of the electronic devices or modules; a second section having at least one of the electronic devices or modules; a connection element having a first portion associated integral with the first section and a second portion, substantially opposite to the first portion and associated integral with the second section; wherein the first section and the second section are arranged substantially aligned to each other along a longitudinal axis. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160073393 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING BEST BEAM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for selecting the best beam in a wireless communication system are provided. An operation of a Base Station (BS) includes repeatedly transmitting reference signals beamformed with a first width, receiving a feedback signal indicating at least one preferred-beam having the first width from at least one terminal, determining a direction range within which reference signals beamformed with a second width are to be transmitted and a transmission pattern, based on the at least one preferred-beam having the first width, repeatedly transmitting the reference signals beamformed with the second width within the determined direction range according to the transmission pattern, and receiving a feedback signal indicating at least one preferred-beam having the second width from the at least one terminal. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160088616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING A WHITE SPACE MAP INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a White Space Map information in a wireless local area network system (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of transmitting a white space map information from a first station to a second station in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and an unlicensed device are permitted to operate together in a wireless local area network (WLAN) comprises acquiring a first list of available channels at each location of a plurality of locations from a regulatory database; determining a second list of available channels at a white space zone (WSZ) using the first list of available channels at each location of a plurality of locations; and transmitting, to the second station, one of a beacon frame, a probe response frame and a white space map announcement frame comprising a white space map (WSM) element, the WSM element including information of the WSZ and the second list of available channels, wherein the WSZ is a geographical area in which common available channels are set. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160100294 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DIRECT MODE COMMUNICATION WITHIN A TALKGROUP - A method and system for direct mode operation (DMO) of a talkgroup enables device to device (D2D) DMO operation leveraged from a Land Mobile Radio (LMR) system. The method includes scanning at a radio receiver a defined radio frequency spectrum; receiving at the radio receiver in the defined radio frequency spectrum a wake-up signal; identifying a talkgroup identifier in the wake-up signal, wherein the talkgroup identifier corresponds to a talkgroup being monitored by the radio receiver; in response to identifying the talkgroup identifier, decoding code sequences included in the wake-up signal; identifying in at least one of the code sequences both a center frequency and a transmission bandwidth of the DMO transmission; and tuning the radio receiver to receive the DMO transmission at the center frequency and transmission bandwidth. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160105918 | PROCESSING REQUESTS TO ESTABLISH COMMUNICATION SESSIONS IN A MOBILE VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of processing requests to establish wireless communication sessions in a mobile vehicle communications system. The method comprises receiving a request to establish a communication session between a telematics unit of a vehicle and a remote facility, wherein the request takes the form of one or more electrical signals. The method further comprises determining whether less than a predetermined number of requests to establish a communication session between the telematics unit and remote facility have been received from the sender of the request within a predetermined period of time. When it is determined that less than the predetermined number of requests have been received from the sender within the predetermined period of time, the method still further comprises establishing a communication session between the telematics unit and the remote facility. A system for performing or utilizing the above-described methodology is also provided. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160164579 | Performing Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) in a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention relates to the field of coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) in wireless communication networks, in particular methods, an apparatus, and a network node for use in performing coordinated data transmissions in a wireless communication network. A method for use in a network node for coordinating data transmission to user equipments in a wireless communication network, wherein the wireless communication network comprising at least two access nodes each access node having one or more antennas and being arranged to perform coordinated data transmissions to user equipments is provided. The method comprising: obtaining signal strength values associated with the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes for a number of user equipments; arranging the number of user equipments into one or more groups of user equipments and associating each of the one or more groups of user equipments with a sub-set of the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes based on the obtained signal strength values; and coordinating data transmission performed by the at least two access nodes to each of the one or more groups of user equipments based on the sub-set of the one or more antennas of the at least two access nodes associated with each group of user equipments, respectively. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160174266 | IOT DEVICE TO ENABLE FAST CONNECTION BETWEEN LOW ENERGY IOT DEVICES | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160197748 | BLIND SPECTRUM SENSING METHOD AND DEVICE BASED ON FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM | 07-07-2016 |
